WO2013055908A1 - An hiv-1 gp120 mini v3 loop and uses thereof - Google Patents
An hiv-1 gp120 mini v3 loop and uses thereof Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2013055908A1 WO2013055908A1 PCT/US2012/059734 US2012059734W WO2013055908A1 WO 2013055908 A1 WO2013055908 A1 WO 2013055908A1 US 2012059734 W US2012059734 W US 2012059734W WO 2013055908 A1 WO2013055908 A1 WO 2013055908A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- pgt
- polypeptide
- antibodies
- hiv
- antibody
- Prior art date
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 113
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 94
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 91
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 70
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 105
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 claims description 100
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 53
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 50
- 230000036436 anti-hiv Effects 0.000 claims description 26
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 claims description 23
- OSKIPPQETUTOMW-YHLOVPAPSA-N N-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-5-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-5-[(2R,3S,4S,5R,6R)-4-[(2R,3S,4S,5S,6R)-3-[(2S,3S,4S,5S,6R)-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3-[(2R,3S,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[[(2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[[(2S,3S,4S,5S,6R)-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3-[(2R,3S,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]oxymethyl]-3,5-dihydroxy-4-[(2R,3S,4S,5S,6R)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]oxymethyl]-3,5-dihydroxyoxan-2-yl]oxy-4-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-2,4-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]acetamide Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(=O)C)[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)O3)O)O2)O)[C@@H](CO)O1 OSKIPPQETUTOMW-YHLOVPAPSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- HNQXDLYBFNWFEE-VHZSLYHRSA-N n-[(2r,3r,4r,5s,6r)-2-[(2r,3r,4s,5r)-2-acetamido-5-[(2r,3s,4s,5r,6r)-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)-3,4-bis[[(2r,3s,4s,5s,6r)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy]oxan-2-yl]oxy-1-oxo-4-[(2s,3s,4s,5s,6r)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl] Chemical compound O([C@H]([C@H](C=O)NC(=O)C)[C@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1NC(C)=O HNQXDLYBFNWFEE-VHZSLYHRSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 94
- 241000713772 Human immunodeficiency virus 1 Species 0.000 abstract description 24
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 abstract description 9
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 abstract description 9
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 abstract description 2
- 125000000837 carbohydrate group Chemical group 0.000 abstract 1
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 51
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 49
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 47
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 45
- DINOPBPYOCMGGD-VEDJBHDQSA-N Man(a1-2)Man(a1-2)Man(a1-3)[Man(a1-2)Man(a1-3)[Man(a1-2)Man(a1-6)]Man(a1-6)]Man(b1-4)GlcNAc(b1-4)GlcNAc Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(=O)C)C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)O3)O)O2)O)[C@@H](CO)O1 DINOPBPYOCMGGD-VEDJBHDQSA-N 0.000 description 42
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 40
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 37
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 36
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 34
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 33
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 32
- 239000013638 trimer Substances 0.000 description 30
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 30
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 29
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 28
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 27
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 26
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 26
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 24
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 22
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 19
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- -1 Man9 glycan Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 17
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 16
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 16
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 15
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 14
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 13
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 13
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 13
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000000311 mannosyl group Chemical group C1([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O1)CO)* 0.000 description 12
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000000569 multi-angle light scattering Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 8
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 8
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 8
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 7
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 6
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 6
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 241001112090 Pseudovirus Species 0.000 description 6
- 239000012505 Superdex™ Substances 0.000 description 6
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 6
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010062580 Concanavalin A Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 5
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000031886 HIV Infections Diseases 0.000 description 5
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 5
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002050 diffraction method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 5
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100025698 Cytosolic carboxypeptidase 4 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000012591 Dulbecco’s Phosphate Buffered Saline Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 101000932590 Homo sapiens Cytosolic carboxypeptidase 4 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 4
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101001033003 Mus musculus Granzyme F Proteins 0.000 description 4
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-RTRLPJTCSA-N N-acetyl-D-glucosamine Chemical group CC(=O)N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-RTRLPJTCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920001030 Polyethylene Glycol 4000 Polymers 0.000 description 4
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000005875 antibody response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001493 electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000684 flow cytometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000000126 in silico method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010208 microarray analysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- UQRORFVVSGFNRO-UTINFBMNSA-N miglustat Chemical compound CCCCN1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1CO UQRORFVVSGFNRO-UTINFBMNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960001512 miglustat Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108010043277 recombinant soluble CD4 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 4
- 108010076805 snowdrop lectin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 4
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010032595 Antibody Binding Sites Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 3
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 101000901154 Homo sapiens Complement C3 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- YINZYTTZHLPWBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Kifunensine Natural products COC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C2NC(=O)C(=O)N12 YINZYTTZHLPWBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 3
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acelyl-D-glucosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N N-acetylglucosamine Natural products CC(=O)N[C@@H](C=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 102100036011 T-cell surface glycoprotein CD4 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005094 computer simulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002447 crystallographic data Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000013861 fat-free Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000004554 glutamine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000057770 human C3 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 3
- OIURYJWYVIAOCW-VFUOTHLCSA-N kifunensine Chemical compound OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2NC(=O)C(=O)N12 OIURYJWYVIAOCW-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920002477 rna polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000002791 soaking Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000002424 x-ray crystallography Methods 0.000 description 3
- NCYCYZXNIZJOKI-IOUUIBBYSA-N 11-cis-retinal Chemical compound O=C/C=C(\C)/C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C NCYCYZXNIZJOKI-IOUUIBBYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012114 Alexa Fluor 647 Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000710929 Alphavirus Species 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100040840 C-type lectin domain family 7 member A Human genes 0.000 description 2
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 2
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710121417 Envelope glycoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000713340 Human immunodeficiency virus 2 Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100034349 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100034353 Integrase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 2
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241001183012 Modified Vaccinia Ankara virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- 230000004988 N-glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002562 Polyethylene Glycol 3350 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108700008625 Reporter Genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100040756 Rhodopsin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000820 Rhodopsin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009824 affinity maturation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000007894 caplet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000015861 cell surface binding Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000022811 deglycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000635 electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- RDYMFSUJUZBWLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N endosulfan Chemical compound C12COS(=O)OCC2C2(Cl)C(Cl)=C(Cl)C1(Cl)C2(Cl)Cl RDYMFSUJUZBWLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010078428 env Gene Products Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003316 glycosidase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000636 lethal dose Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000329 molecular dynamics simulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012900 molecular simulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 2
- DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium pyruvate Chemical compound [Na+].CC(=O)C([O-])=O DAEPDZWVDSPTHF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000547 structure data Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000004114 suspension culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YUXKOWPNKJSTPQ-AXWWPMSFSA-N (2s,3r)-2-amino-3-hydroxybutanoic acid;(2s)-2-amino-3-hydroxypropanoic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O.C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O YUXKOWPNKJSTPQ-AXWWPMSFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBZBAMXERPYTFS-SECBINFHSA-N (4S)-2-(6,7-dihydro-5H-pyrrolo[3,2-f][1,3]benzothiazol-2-yl)-4,5-dihydro-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(=N1)c1nc2cc3CCNc3cc2s1 HBZBAMXERPYTFS-SECBINFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKVZMKDXJFCMMD-UVWUDEKDSA-L (5ar,8ar,9r)-5-[[(2r,4ar,6r,7r,8r,8as)-7,8-dihydroxy-2-methyl-4,4a,6,7,8,8a-hexahydropyrano[3,2-d][1,3]dioxin-6-yl]oxy]-9-(4-hydroxy-3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-5a,6,8a,9-tetrahydro-5h-[2]benzofuro[6,5-f][1,3]benzodioxol-8-one;azanide;n,3-bis(2-chloroethyl)-2-ox Chemical compound [NH2-].[NH2-].Cl[Pt+2]Cl.ClCCNP1(=O)OCCCN1CCCl.COC1=C(O)C(OC)=CC([C@@H]2C3=CC=4OCOC=4C=C3C(O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H]4O[C@H](C)OC[C@H]4O3)O)[C@@H]3[C@@H]2C(OC3)=O)=C1 WKVZMKDXJFCMMD-UVWUDEKDSA-L 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NVKAWKQGWWIWPM-ABEVXSGRSA-N 17-β-hydroxy-5-α-Androstan-3-one Chemical compound C1C(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CC[C@H]21 NVKAWKQGWWIWPM-ABEVXSGRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZBMRKNMTMPPMMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-4-[hydroxy(methyl)phosphoryl]butanoic acid;azane Chemical compound [NH4+].CP(O)(=O)CCC(N)C([O-])=O ZBMRKNMTMPPMMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UAIUNKRWKOVEES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3',5,5'-tetramethylbenzidine Chemical compound CC1=C(N)C(C)=CC(C=2C=C(C)C(N)=C(C)C=2)=C1 UAIUNKRWKOVEES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-anilino-5-sulfonaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic acid Chemical compound C=12C(O)=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC2=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1N=NC(C1=CC=CC(=C11)S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-1-piperidin-4-ylpyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CC(O)CN1C1CCNCC1 HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100033400 4F2 cell-surface antigen heavy chain Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940124718 AIDS vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HJCMDXDYPOUFDY-WHFBIAKZSA-N Ala-Gln Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC(N)=O HJCMDXDYPOUFDY-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000002260 Alkaline Phosphatase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004774 Alkaline Phosphatase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100022622 Alpha-1,3-mannosyl-glycoprotein 2-beta-N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100035765 Angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000975 Angiotensin-converting enzyme 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700663 Avipoxvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000001433 C-terminal amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108010041397 CD4 Antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100035882 Catalase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010053835 Catalase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000034628 Celiac artery compression syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700010070 Codon Usage Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010037897 DC-specific ICAM-3 grabbing nonintegrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000001712 DNA sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000001490 Dengue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012310 Dengue fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000702421 Dependoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006782 ER associated degradation Effects 0.000 description 1
- UPEZCKBFRMILAV-JNEQICEOSA-N Ecdysone Natural products O=C1[C@H]2[C@@](C)([C@@H]3C([C@@]4(O)[C@@](C)([C@H]([C@H]([C@@H](O)CCC(O)(C)C)C)CC4)CC3)=C1)C[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C2 UPEZCKBFRMILAV-JNEQICEOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100035233 Furin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001126 Furin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001503 Glucan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102100023177 Glycoprotein endo-alpha-1,2-mannosidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710162064 Glycoprotein endo-alpha-1,2-mannosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940122069 Glycosidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010031186 Glycoside Hydrolases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005744 Glycoside Hydrolases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091027305 Heteroduplex Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000800023 Homo sapiens 4F2 cell-surface antigen heavy chain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000972916 Homo sapiens Alpha-1,3-mannosyl-glycoprotein 2-beta-N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010048209 Human Immunodeficiency Virus Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000000010 L-asparaginyl group Chemical group O=C([*])[C@](N([H])[H])([H])C([H])([H])C(=O)N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000713666 Lentivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007476 Maximum Likelihood Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102220626513 Mitochondrial intermediate peptidase_C32A_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102220626528 Mitochondrial intermediate peptidase_H59A_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000187479 Mycobacterium tuberculosis Species 0.000 description 1
- 125000003047 N-acetyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N N-acetyl-beta-D-glucosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100023315 N-acetyllactosaminide beta-1,6-N-acetylglucosaminyl-transferase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010056664 N-acetyllactosaminide beta-1,6-N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003992 Peroxidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000037581 Persistent Infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010004729 Phycoerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000276498 Pollachius virens Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010001267 Protein Subunits Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002067 Protein Subunits Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091081062 Repeated sequence (DNA) Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000580858 Simian-Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019486 Sunflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102220495068 Telomeric repeat-binding factor 2-interacting protein 1_W95A_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010022394 Threonine synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700618 Vaccinia virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000010530 Virus Neutralization Effects 0.000 description 1
- LUTSRLYCMSCGCS-BWOMAWGNSA-N [(3s,8r,9s,10r,13s)-10,13-dimethyl-17-oxo-1,2,3,4,7,8,9,11,12,16-decahydrocyclopenta[a]phenanthren-3-yl] acetate Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)C[C@]3(C)C(=O)CC=C3[C@@H]1CC=C1[C@]2(C)CC[C@H](OC(=O)C)C1 LUTSRLYCMSCGCS-BWOMAWGNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004479 aerosol dispenser Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001261 affinity purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012867 alanine scanning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PWLPXXKMWJPHDP-BCWZGNFSSA-N alpha-D-Man-(1->2)-alpha-D-Man-(1->2)-alpha-D-Man-(1->3)-[alpha-D-Man-(1->3)-[alpha-D-Man-(1->2)-alpha-D-Man-(1->6)]-alpha-D-Man-(1->6)]-beta-D-Man-(1->4)-beta-D-GlcNAc-(1->4)-D-GlcNAc-Gly Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(NCC(O)=O)[C@H](NC(=O)C)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O3)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O[C@@H]4[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O4)O)O3)O)O2)O)[C@@H](CO)O1 PWLPXXKMWJPHDP-BCWZGNFSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPEZCKBFRMILAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-Ecdysone Natural products C1C(O)C(O)CC2(C)C(CCC3(C(C(C(O)CCC(C)(C)O)C)CCC33O)C)C3=CC(=O)C21 UPEZCKBFRMILAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000149 argon plasma sintering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010059297 beta-glucan receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008033 biological extinction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012472 biological sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006664 bond formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 1
- 229960001631 carbomer Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005341 cation exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052729 chemical element Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012411 cloning technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002288 cocrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000536 complexating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000287 crude extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyanogen bromide Chemical compound BrC#N ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010025838 dectin 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012350 deep sequencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000025729 dengue disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000004419 dihydrofolate reductase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- UPEZCKBFRMILAV-JMZLNJERSA-N ecdysone Chemical compound C1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C[C@]2(C)[C@@H](CC[C@@]3([C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O)CCC(C)(C)O)C)CC[C@]33O)C)C3=CC(=O)[C@@H]21 UPEZCKBFRMILAV-JMZLNJERSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012149 elution buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003797 essential amino acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020776 essential amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004602 germ cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012835 hanging drop method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940071676 hydroxypropylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002611 lead compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000029226 lipidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001638 lipofection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008297 liquid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003468 luciferase reporter gene assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010009689 mannosyl-oligosaccharide 1,2-alpha-mannosidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HOVAGTYPODGVJG-VEIUFWFVSA-N methyl alpha-D-mannoside Chemical compound CO[C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HOVAGTYPODGVJG-VEIUFWFVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009456 molecular mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002062 molecular scaffold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004877 mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108010053118 myohemerythrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229950006780 n-acetylglucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002850 nasal mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001706 olfactory mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000005580 one pot reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006186 oral dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000010355 oscillation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006179 pH buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940111202 pepsin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108040007629 peroxidase activity proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013600 plasmid vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001376 precipitating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003449 preventive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007670 refining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009877 rendering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001533 respiratory mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102200012170 rs10084168 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038196 saccharide-binding proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000013341 scale-up Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000582 semen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002922 simulated annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- HELHAJAZNSDZJO-OLXYHTOASA-L sodium L-tartrate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O HELHAJAZNSDZJO-OLXYHTOASA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001415 sodium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940054269 sodium pyruvate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001433 sodium tartrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002167 sodium tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011004 sodium tartrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000392 somatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002600 sunflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003734 thymidylate synthase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712461 unidentified influenza virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- SFIHWLKHBCDNCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N uranyl formate Chemical compound OC=O.OC=O.O=[U]=O SFIHWLKHBCDNCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000052613 viral pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011534 wash buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000230 xanthan gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010493 xanthan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940082509 xanthan gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/12—Viral antigens
- A61K39/21—Retroviridae, e.g. equine infectious anemia virus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
- A61K39/12—Viral antigens
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- C07K14/005—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from viruses
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/08—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses
- C07K16/10—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from viruses from RNA viruses
- C07K16/1036—Retroviridae, e.g. leukemia viruses
- C07K16/1045—Lentiviridae, e.g. HIV, FIV, SIV
- C07K16/1063—Lentiviridae, e.g. HIV, FIV, SIV env, e.g. gp41, gp110/120, gp160, V3, PND, CD4 binding site
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/44—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material not provided for elsewhere, e.g. haptens, metals, DNA, RNA, amino acids
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/569—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for microorganisms, e.g. protozoa, bacteria, viruses
- G01N33/56983—Viruses
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
- C07K2317/21—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin from primates, e.g. man
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
- C07K2317/34—Identification of a linear epitope shorter than 20 amino acid residues or of a conformational epitope defined by amino acid residues
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
- C07K2317/55—Fab or Fab'
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
- C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2740/00—Reverse transcribing RNA viruses
- C12N2740/00011—Details
- C12N2740/10011—Retroviridae
- C12N2740/15011—Lentivirus, not HIV, e.g. FIV, SIV
- C12N2740/15034—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2740/00—Reverse transcribing RNA viruses
- C12N2740/00011—Details
- C12N2740/10011—Retroviridae
- C12N2740/16011—Human Immunodeficiency Virus, HIV
- C12N2740/16034—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2740/00—Reverse transcribing RNA viruses
- C12N2740/00011—Details
- C12N2740/10011—Retroviridae
- C12N2740/16011—Human Immunodeficiency Virus, HIV
- C12N2740/16111—Human Immunodeficiency Virus, HIV concerning HIV env
- C12N2740/16122—New viral proteins or individual genes, new structural or functional aspects of known viral proteins or genes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N2740/00—Reverse transcribing RNA viruses
- C12N2740/00011—Details
- C12N2740/10011—Retroviridae
- C12N2740/16011—Human Immunodeficiency Virus, HIV
- C12N2740/16111—Human Immunodeficiency Virus, HIV concerning HIV env
- C12N2740/16134—Use of virus or viral component as vaccine, e.g. live-attenuated or inactivated virus, VLP, viral protein
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G01—MEASURING; TESTING
- G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
- G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
- G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
- G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
- G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
- G01N33/569—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for microorganisms, e.g. protozoa, bacteria, viruses
- G01N33/56983—Viruses
- G01N33/56988—HIV or HTLV
Definitions
- the present invention relates to an HIV-1 gpl20 mini V3 loop, which is a truncated version of the full-length gpl20 V3 loop useful for crystallization with antibodies that recognize carbohydrate moieties located at the base of the V3 loop.
- a composition containing the mini V3 loop when administered, may elicit anti-HIV antibodies, in particular broadly neutralizing antibodies.
- the composition containing the mini V3 loop may then be used in diagnostic, pharmaceutical, immunogenic, immunological or vaccine compositions. These compositions are useful in the detection or treatment and/or prevention of HIV infections. Further, antibodies elicited by such compounds also can be used in diagnostic or pharmaceutical, immunogenic, immunological or vaccine compositions.
- Viruses have evolved a variety of mechanisms to escape antibody recognition, many of which involve features of the viral surface proteins, such as high variability, steric occlusion, and glycan coating.
- the dense shield of glycans that decorate the viral Env protein was once believed to be refractory to antibody recognition, shielding conserved protein epitopes of important functional significance whose greater exposure would result in increased susceptibility to antibody neutralization.
- bnMAb 2G12 and several PGT antibodies appear to bind directly to the HIV glycan coat. Although carbohydrate-protein interactions are typically weak, 2G12 recognizes terminal Manal,2Man moieties on oligomannose glycans using a unique domain- exchanged antibody structure that creates a multivalent binding surface and enhances the affinity of the interaction through avidity effects.
- PGT 128, the broadest of these antibodies, neutralizes over 70% of globally circulating viruses and is, on average, an order of magnitude more potent than the recently described PG9, PG16, VRCOl, and VRC-PG04 bnMAbs and two orders of magnitude more potent than prototype bnMAbs described earlier.
- Constructs containing mini-V3 may be useful for crystallization with antibodies that recognize carbohydrates at N295, N301, and N332, and other and other, adjoining carbohydrates in the vicinity, such as N392, N301, and N332, and these constructs may also be useful for eliciting broadly neutralizing antibodies.
- the tip of full-length V3 (around residues 303-319) is highly immunogenic, but usually elicits type-specific or non- neutralizing antibodies, so the removal of that part of the V3 loop may eliminate type- specific and/or non-neutralizing responses against those residues.
- Constructs that bind highly potent broadly neutralizing antibodies may be tested as immunogens in animal models to aid in vaccine design to elicit the same types of antibodies in humans.
- FIG. 1 Unique binding mode of Man 9 by antibody PGT 128 revealed by the high-resolution crystal structure of the complex.
- A Front (top) and side (bottom) views of PGT 128 Fab with bound Man9 glycan. The light and heavy chains are depicted as grey and magenta ribbons, respectively, and the glycan as yellow and red sticks.
- B Close-up view of glycan binding site of PGT 128 showing electron density (2Fo-Fc) at 1.0 sigma for glycan and associated water molecules. Water molecules are shown as red spheres, electron density is colored red for waters that bridge mannose residues and green for glycan-antibody interfacial positions.
- C Detailed view of the tryptophan-rich (V H W52f, W56, WlOOe and V L W95) and Asn/Asp-rich (V H N53, V L N94, D95a) glycan binding site at the interface of CDRs H2, H3, L3 and FR2.
- the Dl arm is bound by residues in the 6-amino acid CDR H2 insert and V H FR2.
- the D3 arm is bound by residues within CDR L3. Potential hydrogen bonds are shown as green dashes.
- FIG. 2 Crystal structure of PGT 128 Fab in complex with an engineered glycosylated gpl20 outer domain (eODmV3).
- A Overall view of PGT128/eODmV3.
- PGT 128 Fab heavy and light chains are depicted as in FIG. 1.
- eODmV3 is shown in green cartoon ribbon representation.
- Glycans are depicted in a ball-and-stick representation.
- PGT128 binds the N332 glycan in the primary glycan binding site by interactions with the terminal mannose residues of the Dl and D3 arms. The mode of interaction and site of recognition is identical to that visualized in the high resolution Man complex.
- the secondary glycan binding site recognizes the N301 glycan.
- (B) Close up view of the secondary glycan interaction site and contacts made with N301 glycan.
- the mannose residues of the N301 glycan splay out around FR3 residues D72, T73, P74, and K75.
- the terminal mannose resides are not ordered in the electron density.
- (C) Close up view of V3 interactions with CDR H3.
- the V3 base is intercalated between the apex of the H2 insert (Y52e and W52f) and H3.
- FIG. 3 Effect of PGT 128 paratope mutations in the individual glycan subsites on neutralization of HIV-1J R _ FL and glycan binding. Binding of PGT 128 mutants to gpl20 was tested by ELISA (left panel) or to glycans on the high mannose glycan microarray (right panel).
- Residues (HC, heavy chain; LC, light chain) that disrupt the formation of the hydrophobic core of the binding site (V H KlOOgA, WlOOeA, and V L W95A) or disrupt hydrogen bonding to terminal mannose residues (V H H59A and V L D95aA) compromise neutralization (middle panel), as well as gpl20 and glycan binding.
- V H KlOOgA, WlOOeA, and V L W95A disrupt hydrogen bonding to terminal mannose residues
- V H H59A and V L D95aA gpl20 and glycan binding.
- V H H52aA results in a decrease in gpl20 binding and neutralization, while disruption of the CDR H1-H2 disulfide (V H C32A, C52bA, or double mutant) greatly compromises both gpl20 binding and neutralization.
- C Contribution of the 6-residue CDR H2 insert deletion on neutralization and glycan binding.
- PGT 128 retains ability to bind Man 8/ and neutralize to a lesser extent without the insert, whereas PGT 127 no longer neutralizes, although still has some ability to bind Man 8 /9.
- FIG. 4 Negative stain reconstruction of partially-deglycosylated soluble 664G Env trimer in complex with PGT128 Fab. Soluble (664G) Env trimer was complexed with Fab PGT 128 and treated with Endo H to remove non-protected glycans.
- Fab 128, depicted as blue (heavy) and white (light), and eODmV3 (red) are depicted in schematic backbone representation with glycans shown as yellow sticks.
- B Reconstruction density overlayed with cryo-electron tomographic reconstruction of native, unliganded trimer (yellow) (30). The putative location of V1/V2 is indicated. V3 N301 and N332 are exposed on the surface of the outer domain and slightly below the trimer apex, which corresponds to location of the V1/V2 loops.
- the PGT 128 epitope located approximately on the opposite side of gpl20 from the CD4bs (FIG. S13C).
- FIG. 6 Impact of PGT 127 and PGT 128 on viral infectivity decay.
- A Viral infectivity decay of HIV-1JR_FL was measured in the presence of PGT 127 and PGT 128 IgGs and Fabs. 2G12 is included for comparison. Data were fitted to a single-phase exponential decay to obtain half-life. Individual experiments were performed in triplicate, and error bars represent the standard error of two independent experiments.
- B The fold-reduction in the half-life of HIV-1JR_FL (expressed as an x-fold decrease) in the presence of antibodies at concentrations providing 90% neutralization, compared to the absence of antibody. Error bars represent the standard error of two independent experiments.
- FIG. SI The fold-reduction in the half-life of HIV-1JR_FL (expressed as an x-fold decrease) in the presence of antibodies at concentrations providing 90% neutralization, compared to the absence of antibody. Error bars represent the standard error of two independent experiments.
- FIG. S2 Dihedral and conformational analysis of Man9 conformation when bound to PGT 128.
- A Chemical representation of Man9GlcNAc2 showing standard nomenclature.
- B Torsional analysis of glycosidic linkages of Man9 bound to PGT 128. ⁇ Reference dihedral angles with standard deviations were obtained from Petrescu et al. (74).
- Pseudovirus was prepared in the presence of 25 ⁇ kifunensine (ER- mannosidase I enzyme) to generate virus displaying Man9GlcNAc2 glycans and/or 2mM NB-DNJ (ER-a-glucosidase I and II enzymes) to generate virus displaying Glci- 3Man9GlcNAc2 glycans. Due to the endomannosidase activity present in 293T cells, virus was also prepared in the presence of NB-DNJ and kifunensine.
- ER- mannosidase I enzyme ER- mannosidase I enzyme
- 2mM NB-DNJ ER-a-glucosidase I and II enzymes
- FIG. S6 Amino-acid sequence of engineered outer domain construct containing mini-V3.
- the locations of mini-V3 (dashed line), N301 (*) and N332 ( ⁇ ) are indicated.
- the base strain for eOD is HxB2; mini-V3 (mV3) is based on JR-FL and corresponds to V3 loop residues 298-304 and 321-329.
- FIG. S8 SEC-UV/MALS/RI characterization of PGT 128 Fab in complex with eODmV3.
- the UV280 absorbance trace is shown for the Superdex 200 16/60 elution profile of PGT 128 Fab in complex with eODmV3.
- Two major peaks were identified and further characterized by combining the measured UV280 signal with MALS and RI online measurements.
- the calculated molar masses of the eluting glycoprotein, as well as the individual protein and carbohydrate molar mass contributions are represented as closely spaced blue dots forming a semi-connected line across the peak.
- FIG. S10 Neutralizing activity of PGTs 127 and 128 against single and double HIV-ljR-csF glycan mutants.
- One or two N-linked glycans (N295, N301 or N332) were removed from HIV-IJR-CSF, and PGTs 127 and 128 were tested for neutralizing activity.
- FIG. Sll Lack of binding of PGTs 127 and 128 to self-glycoproteins and glycoproteins displaying high-mannose glycans.
- A RNAse B and
- B human C3.
- bnMAb 2G12 and Galanthus nivalis lectin (GNL) are included as controls.
- Anti-C3 is a goat-anti- human polyclonal raised against human C3. Anti-serum was used at an initial dilution of 1 :50.
- GNL and the anti-goat secondary were HRP conjugated and absorbance read at 450nm.
- FIG. S13 Analysis of negative stain reconstruction of 664G trimer with PGT 128 Fab.
- A Comparison of reference free 2D class averages to reference projections: (top row) reference calculated from the d664G+PGT128 complex showing top to side view, (bottom row) reference free 2D class averages aligned to the respective reference shown in the top row.
- B The resolution of the reconstruction is 14.0 A, as determined from the Fourier shell correlation (FSC) plot.
- FSC Fourier shell correlation
- C Comparison of Fab PGT 128 and bl2 complexes with Env trimers. The crystal structure of Fab PGT 128 in complex with eODmV3 fit to the negative stain S31 reconstruction (left).
- Superposed native, unliganded trimer cryoelectron tomographic reconstruction (30) (yellow) is shown for comparison (second image).
- Unliganded (yellow) and bl2-liganded (green) native trimer (30) fit with bl2- bound gpl20 core (third and fourth images) (76).
- D Localization of V3 in the Fab PGT 128-bound 664G trimer.
- FIG. S15 Shedding of gpl20 from HIV-1JR-FL transfected cells. Soluble CD4 (sCD4) and IgG and Fab PGT 127 and 128 ⁇ g/ml quantities as indicated) were incubated with HIV- ljR-FL transfected cells, and the supematants were analyzed by western blot. Only sCD4 shows evidence of gpl20 shedding.
- the present invention relates to an HIV-1 gpl20 mini V3 loop which may be a truncated version of the full-length gpl20 V3 loop.
- the sequence of a mini V3 loop may be: 295 -NCTRPNNNTRPGEIIGDIRQ AHCN-332 (SEQ ID NO: 1).
- SEQ ID NO: 1 corresponds to residues 295-304, an inserted Proline (underlined), and residues 321-332 from the JR-FL strain of gpl20.
- This truncated V3 loop may be used in gpl20, gpl20 core, and gpl20 outer domain constructs in place of full-length V3.
- the V3 loop is very flexible, so deleting it from gpl20 constructs often aids in their crystallization.
- carbohydrate attachment sites at N295, N301, and N332 are essential for recognition from some of the PGT series of antibodies, so a shortened V3 loop was designed to include the glycosylation sites, and also reduce flexibility. Therefore, a modified sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 is envisioned with amino acid substitutions maintaining carbohydrate attachment sites at N295, N301, and N332 as well as an inserted proline or other similar amino acid residue to introduce rigidity to the peptide.
- Constructs containing SEQ ID NO: 1 may be useful for crystallization with antibodies that recognize or are dependent on carbohydrates at N295, N301, and N332, and other, adjoining carbohydrates in the vicinity, and these constructs may also be useful for eliciting broadly neutralizing antibodies.
- the tip of full-length V3 (around residues 303-319) is highly immunogenic, but usually elicits type-specific or non-neutralizing antibodies, so the removal of that part of the V3 loop may eliminate a type-specific and non-neutralizing responses against those residues.
- Constructs that bind highly potent broadly neutralizing antibodies may be tested as immunogens in animal models to aid in vaccine design to elicit the same types of antibodies in humans.
- the mini-V3 was designed, and incorporated into several different constructs, including the gpl20 outer domain, gpl20 core (strains JR-FL, JR-CSF, 92RW020, 93IN905), and a fusion protein between human Fc and mini-V3.
- Other regions of the gpl20 protein are contemplated such as an inner domain and a bridging sheet or beta sheet.
- the present invention also contemplates the crystallization of a composition or construct containing SEQ ID NO: 1 with a broadly neutralizing antibody such as, but not limited to, 1443 C16 (PG16) (TCN-116), 1503 H05 (PG16) (TCN-119), 1456 A12 (PG16) (TCN-117), 1469 M23 (PG16) (TCN-118), 1489 113 (PG16) (TCN-120), 1480J08 (PG16), 1456 P20 (PG20), 1460 G14 (PGG14), 1495 C14 (PGC14), 1496 C09 (PG9) (TCN-109), 4838_L06 (PGT-121), 4873_E03 (PGT-121), 4877_D15 (PGT-122), 4858_P08 (PGT-123), 6123 A06 (PGT-125), 5141 B17 (PGT-126), 5145 B14 (PGT-127), 5114 A19 (PGT-128), 5147 N06 (PGT-130),
- an exemplary sister clone of the 1443 C16 (PG16) (TCN-116) antibody is the 1503 H05 (PG16) (TCN-119) antibody, the 1456 A12 (PG16) (TCN-117) antibody, the 1469 M23 (PG16) (TCN-118) antibody, the 1489 113 (PG16) (TCN-120) antibody, or the 1480 108 (PG16) antibody (see, e.g., international patent application Serial No. PCT/US 11/49880 filed August 31, 2011, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference).
- the invention pertains to the structure of PGT 127 or PGT 128, e.g., as a complex with SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man 9 glycan, as determined by crystallographic techniques, and to the confirmation that SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man glycan has a functional relevant conformation, as well as to the determination of key residues on PGT 127 or PGT 128.
- the present invention thus provides a means for identifying or designing compounds, such as peptides or derivatized peptides (e.g., glycosylated peptides) that bind to the antibody (such as, for example, SEQ ID NO: 1).
- the present invention also provides a means for identifying or designing compounds that bind to the SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man or Man-rich glycan binding domains in the antibody.
- the design of these compounds that act as an immunogen is based on the crystal structure described herein.
- These compounds when administered, elicit anti-HIV antibodies.
- the compounds may then be used in diagnostic, pharmaceutical, immunogenic, immunological or vaccine compositions. These compositions are useful in the detection or treatment and/or prevention of HIV infections.
- antibodies elicited by such compounds also can be used in diagnostic or pharmaceutical, immunogenic, immunological or vaccine compositions.
- the invention still further relates to nucleic acid sequences expressing SEQ ID NO: 1, or homologues, variants or derivatives thereof.
- SEQ ID NO: 1 may further comprise glycans, advantageously Man 8 /9GlcNAc 2 and/or Man 8 /9GlcNAc 2 .
- Man 8 /9GlcNAc 2 may be attached to N332 and/or Man 8 /9GlcNAc 2 may be attached to N301.
- Other glycan binding sites include, but are not limited to, N295 and N392 on the V3 loop or a corresponding position thereto.
- Other glycans that are contemplated include, but are not limited to, Man 8 , Mang or Man - oligodendrons, mannose-rich (Man-rich) glycans and modified non-natural glycan that mimic Man glycans.
- glycans that bind broadly neutralizing antibodies may be identified by glycan microarray analysis.
- Monoclonal antibodies may be screened on a printed glycan microarray version 5.0 from the Consortium for Functional Glycomics (CFG) as described previously (Blixt, O., et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 101, 17033-17038 (2004)).
- Antibodies are used at a concentration of 30 ⁇ g/ml and were precomplexed with 15 ⁇ g/ml secondary antibody (goat-anti-human-Fc-rPE, Jackson Immunoresearch) before addition to the slide.
- Complete glycan array data sets for all antibodies may be found at www.functionalglycomics.org in the CFG data archive under "cfg_rRequest_2250".
- isolated or “non-naturally occurring” is used herein to indicate that the isolated moiety (e.g. peptide or compound) exists in a physical milieu distinct from that in which it occurs in nature.
- the isolated peptide may be substantially isolated with respect to the complex cellular milieu in which it naturally occurs.
- the absolute level of purity is not critical, and those skilled in the art can readily determine appropriate levels of purity according to the use to which the peptide is to be put.
- isolated when used a step in a process is to be interpreted accordingly.
- the isolated moiety will form part of a composition (for example a more or less crude extract containing many other molecules and substances), buffer system, matrix or excipient, which may for example contain other components (including proteins, such as albumin).
- a composition for example a more or less crude extract containing many other molecules and substances
- buffer system for example a more or less crude extract containing many other molecules and substances
- matrix or excipient which may for example contain other components (including proteins, such as albumin).
- the isolated moiety may be purified to essential homogeneity, for example as determined by PAGE or column chromatography (for example HPLC or mass spectrometry).
- the isolated peptide or nucleic acid of the invention is essentially the sole peptide or nucleic acid in a given composition.
- composition is used herein to define a solid or liquid composition in a form, concentration and level of purity suitable for administration to a patient (e.g. a human patient) upon which administration it can elicit the desired physiological changes.
- patient e.g. a human patient
- immunological composition cover any composition that elicits an immune response against the targeted pathogen, HIV.
- an immunogenic or immunological composition covers any composition that induces a protective immune response against the targeted pathogen or which efficaciously protects against the pathogen; for instance, after administration or injection, elicits a protective immune response against the targeted pathogen or provides efficacious protection against the pathogen. Accordingly, an immunogenic or immunological composition induces an immune response, which can, but need not, be a protective immune response.
- An immunogenic or immunological composition can be used in the treatment of individuals infected with the pathogen, e.g., to stimulate an immune response against the pathogen, such as by stimulating antibodies against the pathogen.
- an immunogenic or immunological composition can be a pharmaceutical composition.
- an immunogen can be an antigen or an epitope of an antigen.
- a diagnostic composition is a composition containing a compound or antibody, e.g., a labeled compound or antibody, that is used for detecting the presence in a sample, such as a biological sample, e.g., blood, semen, vaginal fluid, etc, of an antibody that binds to the compound or an immunogen, antigen or epitope that binds to the antibody; for instance, an anti-HIV antibody or an HIV immunogen, antigen or epitope.
- a "binding site” can be a site (such as an atom, a functional group of an amino acid residue or a plurality of such atoms and/or groups) in a binding cavity or region, which may bind to a compound such as a candidate immunogen, antigen or epitope, protein, peptide, derivatized protein or peptide, or compound.
- An "active site” can be a site (such as an atom, a functional group of an amino acid residue or a plurality of such atoms and/or groups) in a binding cavity or region, which is/are involved in binding.
- fitting is meant determining by automatic, or semi-automatic means, interactions between one or more atoms of a candidate molecule and at least one atom of a structure of the invention, and calculating the extent to which such interactions are stable. Interactions include attraction and repulsion, brought about by charge, steric considerations and the like. Various computer-based methods for fitting are described further herein.
- a “computer system” we mean the hardware means, software means and data storage means used to analyse atomic coordinate data.
- the minimum hardware means of the computer-based systems of the present invention typically comprises a central processing unit (CPU), input means, output means and data storage means. Desirably a monitor is provided to visualize structure data.
- the data storage means may be RAM or means for accessing computer readable media of the invention. Examples of such systems are Linux and Mac OS X workstations.
- Computer readable media we mean any medium or media, which can be read and accessed directly by a computer e.g. so that the media is suitable for use in the above-mentioned computer system.
- Such media include, but are not limited to: hard disc storage medium ; optical storage media such as optical discs or CD-ROM and electrical storage media such as RAM and ROM.
- a “conservative amino acid change” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g. lysine, arginine and histidine), acidic side chains (e.g.
- non-charged amino acids or polar side chains e.g. glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine and cysteine
- non-polar side chains e.g. alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine and tryptophan
- beta-branched side chains e.g. threonine, valine and isoleucine
- aromatic side chains e.g. tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan and histidine.
- references herein to proteins and peptides that are to some defined extent “identical” (or which share a defined extent of “identity”) with a reference protein or peptide may also optionally be interpreted to include proteins and peptides in which conservative amino acid changes are disregarded so that the original amino acid and its changed counterpart are regarded as identical for the purposes of sequence comparisons. Accordingly, the invention can comprehend proteins or peptides and the use thereof having conservative amino acid changes as to SEQ ID NO: 1, so long as the three dimensional structure, as defined herein, is maintained, e.g., so that there is binding/complexing with a PGT or PG antibody, advantageously PGT 127 or PGT 128.
- protein protein
- peptide polypeptide
- amino acid sequence amino acid sequence
- the terms are used interchangeably herein to refer to polymers of amino acid residues of any length.
- the polymer may be linear or branched, it may comprise modified amino acids or amino acid analogs, and it may be interrupted by chemical moieties other than amino acids.
- the terms also encompass an amino acid polymer that has been modified naturally or by intervention; for example disulfide bond formation, glycosylation, lipidation, acetylation, phosphorylation, or any other manipulation or modification, such as conjugation with a labeling or bioactive component.
- the terms "antigen” or “immunogen” are used interchangeably to refer to a substance, typically a protein, which is capable of inducing an immune response in a subject.
- the term also refers to proteins that are immunologically active in the sense that once administered to a subject (either directly or by administering to the subject a nucleotide sequence or vector that encodes the protein) is able to evoke an immune response of the humoral and/or cellular type directed against that protein.
- antibody includes intact molecules as well as fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab') 2 , Fv and scFv which are capable of binding the epitope determinant. These antibody fragments retain some ability to selectively bind with its antigen or receptor and include, for example:
- Fab fragment which contains a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody molecule can be produced by digestion of whole antibody with the enzyme papain to yield an intact light chain and a portion of one heavy chain;
- Fab' the fragment of an antibody molecule can be obtained by treating whole antibody with pepsin, followed by reduction, to yield an intact light chain and a portion of the heavy chain; two Fab' fragments are obtained per antibody molecule;
- F(ab') 2 the fragment of the antibody that can be obtained by treating whole antibody with the enzyme pepsin without subsequent reduction;
- F(ab') 2 is a dimer of two Fab' fragments held together by two disulfide bonds;
- d. scFv including a genetically engineered fragment containing the variable region of a heavy and a light chain as a fused single chain molecule.
- Fabs, Fv and scFV may also be made recombinantly, i.e. expressed as Fab, Fv or scFV rather than cleaving an intact IgG.
- a “neutralizing antibody” may inhibit the entry of HIV-1 virus for example SF162 and/or JR-CSF with a neutralization index >1.5 or >2.0. Broad and potent neutralizing antibodies may neutralize greater than about 50% of HIV-1 viruses (from diverse clades and different strains within a clade) in a neutralization assay. The inhibitory concentration of the monoclonal antibody may be less than about 25 mg/ml to neutralize about 50% of the input virus in the neutralization assay.
- An “isolated antibody” or “non-naturally occurring antibody” is one that has been separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment.
- Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials that would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the antibody, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or nonproteinaceous solutes.
- the antibody is purified: (1) to greater than 95% by weight of antibody as determined by the Lowry method, and most preferably more than 99% by weight; (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator; or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or non-reducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain.
- Isolated antibody includes the antibody in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the antibody's natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated antibody will be prepared by at least one purification step.
- the term "monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations that include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. In addition to their specificity, the monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they may be synthesized uncontaminated by other antibodies. The modifier "monoclonal" is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
- the monoclonal antibodies useful in the present invention may be prepared by the hybridoma methodology first described by Kohler et al, Nature, 256:495 (1975), or may be made using recombinant DNA methods in bacterial, eukaryotic animal or plant cells (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567).
- the "monoclonal antibodies” may also be isolated from phage antibody libraries using the techniques described in Clackson et al, Nature, 352:624-628 (1991) and Marks et al, J. Mol. Biol, 222:581-597 (1991), for example.
- an "antibody fragment” comprises a portion of an intact antibody, preferably the antigen binding or variable region of the intact antibody.
- antibody fragments include Fab, Fab', F(ab') 2 , scFV and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870; Zapata et al, Protein Eng. 8(10): 1057-1062 [1995]); single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
- the proteins including the antibodies of the invention may differ from the exact sequences illustrated and described herein.
- the invention contemplates deletions, additions and substitutions to the sequences shown, so long as the sequences function in accordance with the methods of the invention.
- particularly preferred substitutions will generally be conservative in nature, i.e., those substitutions that take place within a family of amino acids.
- amino acids are generally divided into four families: (1) acidic— aspartate and glutamate; (2) basic— lysine, arginine, histidine; (3) non-polar— alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan; and (4) uncharged polar— glycine, asparagine, glutamine, cysteine, serine threonine, tyrosine. Phenylalanine, tryptophan, and tyrosine are sometimes classified as aromatic amino acids.
- nucleotide sequences and “nucleic acid sequences” refer to deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA) sequences, including, without limitation, messenger RNA (mRNA), DNA/RNA hybrids, or synthetic nucleic acids.
- the nucleic acid can be single-stranded, or partially or completely double-stranded (duplex).
- Duplex nucleic acids can be homoduplex or heteroduplex.
- transgene may used to refer to "recombinant" nucleotide sequences that may be derived from any of the nucleotide sequences encoding the proteins of the present invention.
- the term “recombinant” means a nucleotide sequence that has been manipulated “by man” and which does not occur in nature, or is linked to another nucleotide sequence or found in a different arrangement in nature. It is understood that manipulated “by man” means manipulated by some artificial means, including by use of machines, codon optimization, restriction enzymes, etc.
- nucleotide sequences may be mutated such that the activity of the encoded proteins in vivo is abrogated.
- nucleotide sequences may be codon optimized, for example the codons may be optimized for human use.
- nucleotide sequences of the invention are both mutated to abrogate the normal in vivo function of the encoded proteins, and codon optimized for human use.
- each of the sequences of the invention, such as SEQ ID NO: 1 may be altered in these ways.
- the nucleic acid molecules of the invention have a nucleotide sequence that encodes the antigens of the invention and can be designed to employ codons that are used in the genes of the subject in which the antigen is to be produced.
- codons that are used in the genes of the subject in which the antigen is to be produced.
- Many viruses including HIV and other lentiviruses, use a large number of rare codons and, by altering these codons to correspond to codons commonly used in the desired subject, enhanced expression of the antigens can be achieved.
- the codons used are "humanized" codons, i.e., the codons are those that appear frequently in highly expressed human genes (Andre et al, J. Virol.
- codon usage provides for efficient expression of the transgenic HIV proteins in human cells. Any suitable method of codon optimization may be used. Such methods, and the selection of such methods, are well known to those of skill in the art. In addition, there are several companies that will optimize codons of sequences, such as Geneart (geneart.com). Thus, the nucleotide sequences of the invention can readily be codon optimized.
- the invention further encompasses nucleotide sequences encoding functionally and/or antigenically equivalent variants and derivatives of the antigens of the invention and functionally equivalent fragments thereof.
- These functionally equivalent variants, derivatives, and fragments display the ability to retain antigenic activity. For instance, changes in a DNA sequence that do not change the encoded amino acid sequence, as well as those that result in conservative substitutions of amino acid residues, one or a few amino acid deletions or additions, and substitution of amino acid residues by amino acid analogs are those which will not significantly affect properties of the encoded polypeptide.
- Conservative amino acid substitutions are glycine/alanine; valine/isoleucine/leucine; asparagine/glutamine; aspartic acid/glutamic acid; serine/threonine/methionine; lysine/arginine; and phenylalanine/tyrosine/tryptophan.
- the variants have at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98% or at least 99% homology or identity to the antigen, epitope, immunogen, peptide or polypeptide of interest.
- sequence identity or homology is determined by comparing the sequences when aligned so as to maximize overlap and identity while minimizing sequence gaps.
- sequence identity may be determined using any of a number of mathematical algorithms.
- a nonlimiting example of a mathematical algorithm used for comparison of two sequences is the algorithm of Karlin & Altschul, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1990; 87: 2264-2268, modified as in Karlin & Altschul, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1993;90: 5873-5877.
- Another example of a mathematical algorithm used for comparison of sequences is the algorithm of Myers & Miller, CABIOS 1988;4: 11-17. Such an algorithm is incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0) which is part of the GCG sequence alignment software package. When utilizing the ALIGN program for comparing amino acid sequences, a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12, and a gap penalty of 4 can be used. Yet another useful algorithm for identifying regions of local sequence similarity and alignment is the FASTA algorithm as described in Pearson & Lipman, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1988; 85: 2444-2448.
- WU-BLAST Woodington University BLAST
- WU-BLAST version 2.0 executable programs for several UNIX platforms can be downloaded from ftp://blast.wustl.edu/blast/executables.
- the nucleotide sequences of the present invention may be inserted into “vectors.”
- vehicle is widely used and understood by those of skill in the art, and as used herein the term “vector” is used consistent with its meaning to those of skill in the art.
- vector is commonly used by those skilled in the art to refer to a vehicle that allows or facilitates the transfer of nucleic acid molecules from one environment to another or that allows or facilitates the manipulation of a nucleic acid molecule.
- any vector that allows expression of the antibodies of the present invention may be used in accordance with the present invention.
- the antibodies of the present invention may be used in vitro (such as using cell-free expression systems) and/or in cultured cells grown in vitro in order to produce the encoded HIV- antibodies, which may then be used for various applications such as in the production of proteinaceous vaccines.
- any vector that allows expression of the antibodies in vitro and/or in cultured cells may be used.
- any vector that allows for the expression of the antibodies of the present invention and is safe for use in vivo may be used.
- the vectors used are safe for use in humans, mammals and/or laboratory animals.
- the protein coding sequence should be "operably linked" to regulatory or nucleic acid control sequences that direct transcription and translation of the protein.
- a coding sequence and a nucleic acid control sequence or promoter are said to be “operably linked” when they are covalently linked in such a way as to place the expression or transcription and/or translation of the coding sequence under the influence or control of the nucleic acid control sequence.
- the "nucleic acid control sequence” can be any nucleic acid element, such as, but not limited to promoters, enhancers, IRES, introns, and other elements described herein that direct the expression of a nucleic acid sequence or coding sequence that is operably linked thereto.
- promoter will be used herein to refer to a group of transcriptional control modules that are clustered around the initiation site for R A polymerase II and that when operationally linked to the protein coding sequences of the invention lead to the expression of the encoded protein.
- the expression of the transgenes of the present invention can be under the control of a constitutive promoter or of an inducible promoter, which initiates transcription only when exposed to some particular external stimulus, such as, without limitation, antibiotics such as tetracycline, hormones such as ecdysone, or heavy metals.
- the promoter can also be specific to a particular cell-type, tissue or organ.
- suitable promoters and enhancers are known in the art, and any such suitable promoter or enhancer may be used for expression of the transgenes of the invention.
- suitable promoters and/or enhancers can be selected from the Eukaryotic Promoter Database (EPDB).
- EPDB Eukaryotic Promoter Database
- the vectors used in accordance with the present invention should typically be chosen such that they contain a suitable gene regulatory region, such as a promoter or enhancer, such that the antibodies of the invention can be expressed.
- any suitable vector can be used depending on the application.
- plasmids, viral vectors, bacterial vectors, protozoal vectors, insect vectors, baculovirus expression vectors, yeast vectors, mammalian cell vectors, and the like can be used.
- Suitable vectors can be selected by the skilled artisan taking into consideration the characteristics of the vector and the requirements for expressing the antibodies under the identified circumstances.
- IgGl and Fab expression vectors may be utilized to reconstitute heavy and light chain constant regions if heavy and light chain genes of the antibodies of the present invention are cloned.
- expression vectors that are suitable for expression on that subject, and that are safe for use in vivo, should be chosen.
- any vectors that are suitable for such uses can be employed, and it is well within the capabilities of the skilled artisan to select a suitable vector.
- the vectors used for these in vivo applications are attenuated to vector from amplifying in the subject.
- plasmid vectors preferably they will lack an origin of replication that functions in the subject so as to enhance safety for in vivo use in the subject.
- viral vectors preferably they are attenuated or replication-defective in the subject, again, so as to enhance safety for in vivo use in the subject.
- viral vectors are used.
- Viral expression vectors are well known to those skilled in the art and include, for example, viruses such as adenoviruses, adeno-associated viruses (AAV), alphaviruses, herpesviruses, retroviruses and poxviruses, including avipox viruses, attenuated poxviruses, vaccinia viruses, and particularly, the modified vaccinia Ankara virus (MVA; ATCC Accession No. VR-1566).
- viruses when used as expression vectors are innately non-pathogenic in the selected subjects such as humans or have been modified to render them non-pathogenic in the selected subjects.
- replication-defective adenoviruses and alphaviruses are well known and can be used as gene delivery vectors.
- the nucleotide sequences and vectors of the invention can be delivered to cells, for example if the aim is to express the HIV-1 antigens in cells in order to produce and isolate the expressed proteins, such as from cells grown in culture.
- any suitable transfection, transformation, or gene delivery methods can be used. Such methods are well known by those skilled in the art, and one of skill in the art would readily be able to select a suitable method depending on the nature of the nucleotide sequences, vectors, and cell types used. For example, transfection, transformation, microinjection, infection, electroporation, lipofection, or liposome -mediated delivery could be used.
- the antibodies of the invention can be carried out in any suitable type of host cells, such as bacterial cells, yeast, insect cells, and mammalian cells.
- the antibodies of the invention can also be expressed using including in vitro transcription/translation systems. All of such methods are well known by those skilled in the art, and one of skill in the art would readily be able to select a suitable method depending on the nature of the nucleotide sequences, vectors, and cell types used.
- the synthetic SEQ ID NO: 1 described herein may be chemically synthesized in whole or part using techniques that are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Kochendoerfer, G. G., 2001). Additionally, homologs and derivatives of the polypeptide may be also be synthesized.
- the crystals of the invention can be obtained by conventional means as are well- known in the art of protein crystallography, including batch, liquid bridge, dialysis, vapor diffusion and hanging drop methods (see, e.g., McPherson, 1982; McPherson, 1990; Webber, 1991).
- the crystals of the invention are grown by combining substantially pure PGT 127 or PGT 128 and compound (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1 or polypeptide eODmV3 in example, but other compounds may be used to test if such compounds form crystals analogous to those disclosed herein) in an aqueous buffer containing a precipitant at a concentration just below that necessary to precipitate the protein. Water is removed by controlled evaporation to produce precipitating conditions, which are maintained until crystal growth ceases.
- the crystals of the invention and particularly the atomic structure co-ordinates obtained therefrom, have a wide variety of uses.
- the crystals and structure co-ordinates are particularly useful for identifying compounds that bind to PGT 127 or PGT 128 and thus are useful to elicit anti-HIV antibodies.
- the structure co-ordinates described herein can be used as phasing models in determining the crystal structures of additional synthetic or mutated PGT 127 or PGT 128 domains, as well as the structures of co-crystals of such domains with ligands.
- the invention provides a computer-based method of rational drug or compound design or identification which comprises: providing the structure of the PGT 127 or PGT 128 complex as defined by the coordinates or the identifying co-ordinates in Table SI and/or in the Figures; providing a structure of a candidate compound; and fitting the structure of the candidate to the structure of PGT 127 or PGT 128 of Table SI and the Figures.
- the method may use the co-ordinates of atoms of interest of PGT 127 or PGT 128, which are in the vicinity of the active site or binding region in order to model the pocket in which the substrate or ligand binds. These co-ordinates may be used to define a space which is then screened "in silico" against a candidate molecule.
- the invention provides a computer-based method of rational drug or compound design or identification which comprises: providing the co-ordinates of at least two atoms of Table SI ("selected co-ordinates"); providing the structure of a candidate compound; and fitting the structure of the candidate to the selected coordinates.
- the methods of the invention can employ a sub-domain of interest of PGT 127 or PGT 128 which is in the vicinity of the active site or binding region, and the invention can provide a computer-based method for identifying or rationally designing a compound or drug which comprises: providing the co-ordinates of at least a sub- domain of; providing the structure of a candidate modulator or inhibitor of PGT 127 or PGT 128; and fitting the structure of the candidate to the coordinates of the PGT 127 or PGT 128 sub-domain provided.
- These methods can optionally include synthesizing the candidate and can optionally further include contacting the candidate with PGT 127 or PGT 128 to test whether there is binding and/or inhibition and/or administering the compound to an animal capable of eliciting antibodies and testing whether the compound elicits anti-HIV antibodies.
- Compounds which elicit anti-HIV antibodies are useful for diagnostic purposes, as well as for immunogenic, immunological or even vaccine compositions, as well as pharmaceutical compositions.
- the present invention may also be extrapolated to crystallizing other complexes of broadly neutralizing antibodies and compositions that bind to such broadly neutralizing antibodies including, for example, compositions that contain SEQ ID NO: 1.
- compositions that contain SEQ ID NO: 1 One of skill in the art may utilize the teachings of the present invention to crystallize such a complex, identify a binding region and design a compound that fit the coordinates of the binding region and testing the compound to determine if the compound elicits anti-HIV antibodies.
- “Fitting” can mean determining, by automatic or semi-automatic means, interactions between at least one atom of the candidate and at least one atom of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and calculating the extent to which such an interaction is stable. Interactions can include attraction, repulsion, brought about by charge, steric considerations, and the like.
- a “sub-domain” can mean at least one, e.g., one, two, three, or four, complete element(s) of secondary structure. Particular regions of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, include those identified in Table SI .
- the step of providing the structure of a candidate molecule may involve selecting the compound by computationally screening a database of compounds for interaction with the active site.
- a 3-D descriptor for the potential modulator may be derived, the descriptor including geometric and functional constraints derived from the architecture and chemical nature of the active site.
- the descriptor may then be used to interrogate the compound database, a potential modulator being a compound that has a good match to the features of the descriptor.
- the descriptor can be a type of virtual pharmacophore.
- the determination of the three-dimensional structure of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, complex provides a basis for the design of new and specific compounds that bind to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and are useful for eliciting an immune response.
- a neutralizing antibody such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, complex
- computer modelling programs may be used to design or identify different molecules expected to interact with possible or confirmed active sites such as binding sites or other structural or functional features of A neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128.
- a compound that potentially binds to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, activity can be examined through the use of computer modeling using a docking program such as GRAM, DOCK or AUTODOCK (see Walters et al. Drug Discovery Today, vol. 3, no. 4 (1998), 160-178, and Dunbrack et al. Folding and Design 2 (1997), 27-42).
- This procedure can include computer fitting of potential binders to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, to ascertain how well the shape and the chemical structure of the potential binder will bind to the antibody.
- a neutralizing antibody such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, may be performed.
- programs such as GRID (P. Goodford, J. Med. Chem., 1985, 28, 849-57) ⁇ program that determines probable interaction sites between molecules with various functional groups and the antibody—may also be used to analyze the active site or binding site to predict partial structures of binding compounds.
- Computer programs can be employed to estimate the attraction, repulsion or steric hindrance of the two binding partners, e.g., a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and a candidate binder.
- a neutralizing antibody such as PGT 127 or PGT 128,
- a candidate binder the tighter the fit, the fewer the steric hindrances, and the greater the attractive forces, the more potent the potential binder, since these properties are consistent with a tighter binding constant.
- the more specificity in the design of a candidate binder the more likely it is that it will not interact with other proteins as well.
- the invention provides for a method for determining the structure of a binder of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, bound to A neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128,, said method comprising, (a) providing a crystal of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, according to the invention, (b) soaking the crystal or another crystal with said binder; and (c) determining the structure of said neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, -binder complex.
- Such other crystal may have essentially the same coordinates discussed herein, however due to minor alterations in the polypeptide or sequence, the crystal may form in a different space group.
- the invention further involves, in place of or in addition to in silico methods, high throughput screening of compounds to select compounds with binding activity.
- Those compounds which show binding activity may be selected as possible candidate binders, and further crystallized with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, e.g., by co- crystallization or by soaking, for X-ray analysis.
- the resulting X-ray structure may be compared with that of Table SI and the information in the Figures for a variety of purposes. For example, where the contacts made by such compounds overlap with those made by PGT 127 or PGT 128, novel molecules comprising residues which contain contacts of PGT 127 or PGT 128 and other compounds may be provided.
- the invention further involves: obtaining or synthesizing the candidate modulator or inhibitor; and contacting the candidate binder with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, to determine the ability of the candidate to bind with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128.
- the candidate is advantageously contacted with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, under conditions to determine its function.
- the invention may comprise: obtaining or synthesizing the candidate modulator, forming a complex of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and the candidate, and analyzing the complex, e.g., by X-ray diffraction or NMR or EM or other means, to determine the ability of the candidate to interact with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128.
- a neutralizing antibody such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and the candidate
- analyzing the complex e.g., by X-ray diffraction or NMR or EM or other means, to determine the ability of the candidate to interact with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128.
- a neutralizing antibody such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and in light of this information, adjustments can be made to the structure or functionality of the potential modulator, e.g., to improve its binding to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128. These steps may be repeated and re-repeated as necessary.
- potential binders can be administered to an animal capable of eliciting an antibody response, to ascertain whether the potential binder elicits anti-HIV antibodies.
- the invention further involves a method of determining three-dimensional structures of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man 9 glycan homologues of unknown structure by using the structural coordinates of Table SI and the information in the Figures.
- a neutralizing antibody such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man 9 glycan homologues of unknown structure
- PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1 eODmV3 or Man 9 glycan homologue of unknown structure
- the structure of PGT 127 or PGT 128 complex as defined in Table SI and the Figures may be used to interpret that data to provide a likely structure for the PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1 , eODmV3 or Man 9 glycan homologue by techniques well known in the art, e.g., by phase modeling in the case of X-ray crystallography.
- an inventive method can comprise: aligning a representation of an amino acid sequence of a PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man 9 or Man-rich glycan homologue or modified non- natural glycan that mimic Man glycans of unknown structure with the amino acid sequence of PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1 , eODmV3 or Man 9 or Man-rich glycan to match homologous regions of the amino acid sequences; modeling the structure of the matched homologous regions of the PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man 9 or Man-rich glycan or modified non-natural glycan that mimic Man glycans of unknown structure on the structure as defined in Table SI and/or in the Figures of the corresponding regions of PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man 9 or Man-rich g
- homologous regions describes amino acid residues in two sequences that are identical or have similar, e.g., aliphatic, aromatic, polar, negatively charged, or positively charged, side-chain chemical groups.
- the first and third steps are performed by computer modeling.
- Homology modeling is a technique that is well known to those skilled in the art (see, e.g., Greer, 1985; and Blundell et al. 1988).
- comparison of amino acid sequences is accomplished by aligning an amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of a known structure with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide of unknown structure. Amino acids in the sequences are then compared and groups of amino acids that are homologous are grouped together. This method detects conserved regions of the polypeptides and accounts for amino acid insertions and deletions. Homology between amino acid sequences can be determined by using commercially available algorithms (see also the description of homology above). In addition to those otherwise mentioned herein, mention is made too of the programs BLAST, gapped BLAST, BLASTN, BLASTP, and PSI-BLAST, provided by the National Center for Biotechnology Information. These programs are widely used in the art for this purpose and can align homologous regions of two amino acid sequences.
- the structures of the conserved amino acids in a computer representation of the polypeptide with known structure are transferred to the corresponding amino acids of the polypeptide whose structure is unknown.
- a tyrosine in the amino acid sequence of known structure may be replaced by a phenylalanine, the corresponding homologous amino acid in the amino acid sequence of unknown structure.
- the structures of amino acids located in non-conserved regions may be assigned manually using standard peptide geometries or by molecular simulation techniques, such as molecular dynamics. Refining the entire structure can be by molecular dynamics and/or energy minimization.
- a conformation of a PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man 9 or Man- rich glycan or modified non-natural glycan that mimic Man glycans by the methods described herein such a conformation may be used in a computer-based method of rational drug or compound design or identification as described herein.
- the invention further provides a method for determining the structure of a binder of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, bound to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, comprising: providing a crystal a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, e.g., according to the invention, soaking the crystal with the binder, and determining the structure of the a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128,- binder complex.
- a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and the binder may be cocrystallized.
- the invention further provides systems, such as computer systems, intended to generate structures and/or perform rational drug or compound design for a a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, or complex of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and a potential binder.
- the system can contain: atomic co-ordinate data according to Table S 1 and the Figures or derived therefrom by homology modeling, said data defining the three-dimensional structure of a PGT 127 or PGT 128 or at least one sub-domain thereof; or structure factor data for PGT 127 or PGT 128, said structure factor data being derivable from the atomic co-ordinate data of Table SI and the Figures.
- the invention also involves computer readable media with: atomic coordinate data according to Table SI and/or the Figures or derived therefrom by homology modeling, said data defining the three- dimensional structure of a PGT 127 or PGT 128 or at least one sub-domain thereof; or structure factor data for PGT 127 or PGT 128, said structure factor data being derivable from the atomic co-ordinate data of Table SI and/or the Figures.
- Computer readable media refers to any media which can be read and accessed directly by a computer, and includes, but is not limited to: magnetic storage media such as floppy discs, hard storage medium and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as optical discs or CD-ROM; electrical storage media such as RAM and ROM; and hybrids of these categories, such as magnetic/optical media.
- magnetic storage media such as floppy discs, hard storage medium and magnetic tape
- optical storage media such as optical discs or CD-ROM
- electrical storage media such as RAM and ROM
- hybrids of these categories such as magnetic/optical media.
- the invention further comprehends methods of doing business by providing access to such computer readable media and/or computer systems and/or atomic co-ordinate data to users; e.g., the media and/or atomic coordinate data can be accessible to a user, for instance on a subscription basis, via the Internet or a global communication/computer network; or, the computer system can be available to a user, on a subscription basis.
- Structure factor data which are derivable from atomic coordinate data (see, e.g., Blundell et al, in Protein Crystallography, Academic Press, NY, London and San Francisco (1976)), are particularly useful for calculating electron density maps, e.g., difference Fourier electron density maps.
- a "computer system” refers to the hardware means, software means and data storage means used to analyze the atomic co-ordinate data of the present invention.
- the minimum hardware means of computer-based systems of the invention may comprise a central processing unit (CPU), input means, output means, and data storage means. Desirably, a monitor is provided to visualize structure data.
- the data storage means may be RAM or other means for accessing computer readable media of the invention.
- the invention further comprehends methods of transmitting information obtained in any method or step thereof described herein or any information described herein, e.g., via telecommunications, telephone, mass communications, mass media, presentations, interne, email, etc.
- the invention also provides a method of analyzing a complex of PGT 127 or PGT 128 and a potential binder comprising: employing X-ray crystallographic diffraction data from the complex and a three-dimensional structure of PGT 127 or PGT 128 or at least a sub- domain thereof, to generate a Fourier electron density map of the complex; advantageously, the three-dimensional structure being as defined by the atomic co-ordinate data according to Table SI and/or the Figures.
- Such complexes can be crystallized and analyzed using X-ray diffraction methods, e.g., according to the approaches described by Greer et al, 1994, and Fourier electron density maps can be calculated based on X-ray diffraction patterns of soaked or co- crystallized a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and the solved structure of uncomplexed a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128,. These maps can then be used to determine whether and where a particular potential binder binds to PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or changes the conformation of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128.
- Electron density maps can be calculated using programs such as those from the CCP4 computer package (Collaborative Computing Project, No. 4. The CCP4 Suite: Programs for Protein Crystallography, Acta Crystallographica, D50, 1994, 760-763).
- Map visualization and model building programs such as "QUANTA” (1994, San Diego, Calif : Molecular Simulations, Jones et al, 1991) can be used.
- Table SI gives atomic co-ordinate data for PGT 127 or PGT 128 complexed with SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man glycan, and lists each atom by a unique number; the chemical element and its position for each amino acid residue (as determined by electron density maps and antibody sequence comparisons), the amino acid residue in which the element is located, the chain identifier, the number of the residue, coordinates (e.g., X, Y, Z) which define with respect to the crystallographic axes the atomic position (in .ANG.) of the respective atom, the occupancy of the atom in the respective position, "B", isotropic displacement parameter (in .ANG..sup.2), which accounts for movement of the atom around its atomic center, and atomic number. See also the text herein and the Figures.
- Determination of the 3D structure of a neutralizing antibody provides important information about the likely active/binding site(s) of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128. This information may be used for rational design of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, binders, e.g., by computational techniques that identify possible binding ligands for the active site(s), by enabling linked-fragment approaches to drug design, and by enabling the identification and location of bound ligands using analyses such as X-ray crystallographic analysis.
- Greer et al, supra relates to an iterative approach to ligand design based on repeated sequences of computer modeling, protein-ligand complex formation, and X-ray analysis. Thymidylate synthase inhibitors were designed by Greer; and, PGT 127 or PGT 128 binders may also be designed in this way.
- GRID P. Goodford, 1985
- a potential binder of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, may be designed that complements the functionalities of the a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, active site(s).
- the potential binder can be synthesized, formed into a complex with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and the complex then analyzed, e.g., by X-ray crystallography, NMR or a combination thereof, to identify the actual position of the bound compound.
- a neutralizing antibody such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and the complex then analyzed, e.g., by X-ray crystallography, NMR or a combination thereof, to identify the actual position of the bound compound.
- Determination of the position of the potential binder compound in the complex allows determination of the interactions of it with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128.
- a neutralizing antibody such as PGT 127 or PGT 128.
- the structure and/or functional groups of the compound can then be adjusted, if necessary or desired, in view of the results from the analysis (e.g., X-ray analysis), and the synthesis and analysis sequence repeated until an optimized compound is obtained.
- Related approaches to structure -based drug and compound design are also discussed in other documents cited herein, as well as in Bohacek et al, 1996.
- a neutralizing antibody such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, 3D structure
- more purely computational techniques for rational drug and compound design may also be used to design neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, binders and hence compounds that elicit anti-HIV antibodies; for example, automated ligand-receptor docking programs (see Jones et al., 1995) which require accurate information on the atomic coordinates of target receptors, may be used to design or identify potential PGT 127 or PGT 128 binders.
- Linked-fragment approaches to drug or compound design also require accurate information on the atomic co-ordinates of a target.
- Small compounds that have the potential to bind to regions of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, which in themselves may not be binder compounds may be assembled by chemical linkage to provide potential binders.
- the basic idea behind these approaches is to determine the binding locations of more than one, e.g., plural or a plurality of, ligands to a target molecule, and then construct a molecular scaffold to connect the ligands together in such a way that their relative binding positions are preserved.
- the binding site of two or more ligands are determined and may be connected to thus form a potential lead compound that can be further refined, e.g., the iterative technique of Greer et al. For a virtual linked- fragment approach, see Verlinde et al., 1992; and for NMR and X-ray approaches, see Skuker et al, 1996; and Stout et al, 1998.
- the use of these or other approaches to design and/or identify neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, binders and hence compounds that elicit anti-HIV antibodies is made possible by the determination of the PGT 127 or PGT 128 structure.
- determination of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, structure also allows difference Fourier electron density maps of complexes of neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, with a potential modulator to be produced, which can greatly assist in the process of rational compound and/or drug design or identification.
- the approaches to structure -based drug or compound design or identification described herein involve initial identification of possible compounds for interaction with the target molecule (in this case PGT 127 or PGT 128), and thus elicit anti-HIV antibodies.
- these compounds are known, e.g., from research literature.
- a first stage of the drug or compound design or identification program may involve computer-based in silico screening of compound databases (such as the Cambridge Structural Database) with the aim of identifying compounds which interact with the active site or sites of the target bio-molecule (in this case PGT 127 or PGT 128). Screening selection criteria may be based on pharmacokinetic properties such as metabolic stability and toxicity.
- a neutralizing antibody such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, structure allows the architecture and chemical nature of each neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, active site to be identified, which in turn allows the geometric and functional constraints of a descriptor for the potential binder to be derived.
- the descriptor can be, therefore, a type of virtual 3D pharmacophore, which can also be used as selection criteria or filter for database screening.
- PGT 127 or PGT 128, binders form a further aspect of the invention; and, such compounds may be used in methods of medical treatments, such as for diagnosis, preventing or treating HIV or for eliciting antibodies for diagnosis of HIV, including use in vaccines. Further, such compounds may be used in the preparation of medicaments for such treatments or prevention, or compositions
- these therapeutics can be a chemical compound, a composition comprising a polypeptide of the present invention and/or antibody elicited by such a chemical compound and/or portion thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, and can be administered alone or as an active ingredient in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, and vehicles, as well as other active ingredients.
- the compounds or compositions can be administered orally, subcutaneously or parenterally including intravenous, intraarterial, intramuscular, intraperitoneally, and intranasal administration as well as intrathecal and infusion techniques.
- mice are treated generally longer than the mice or other experimental animals which treatment has a length proportional to the length of the disease process and drug effectiveness.
- the doses may be single doses or multiple doses over a period of several days, but single doses are preferred.
- animal experiments e.g., rats, mice, and the like, to humans, by techniques from this disclosure and documents cited herein and the knowledge in the art, without undue experimentation.
- the treatment generally has a length proportional to the length of the disease process and drug effectiveness and the patient being treated.
- a therapeutic of the present invention When administering a therapeutic of the present invention parenterally, it will generally be formulated in a unit dosage injectable form (solution, suspension, emulsion).
- the pharmaceutical formulations suitable for injection include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
- the carrier can be a solvent or dispersing medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
- Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- Nonaqueous vehicles such as cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, soybean oil, corn oil, sunflower oil, or peanut oil and esters, such as isopropyl myristate, may also be used as solvent systems for compound compositions.
- compositions including antimicrobial preservatives, antioxidants, chelating agents, and buffers, can be added.
- antimicrobial preservatives for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like.
- isotonic agents for example, sugars, sodium chloride, and the like.
- Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin. According to the present invention, however, any vehicle, diluent, or additive used would have to be compatible with the compounds.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the compounds utilized in practicing the present invention in the required amount of the appropriate solvent with various amounts of the other ingredients, as desired.
- a pharmacological formulation of the present invention e.g., comprising a therapeutic compound or polypeptide of the present invention
- a pharmacological formulation of the compound and composition comprising a polypeptide utilized in the present invention can be administered orally to the patient. Conventional methods such as administering the compounds in tablets, suspensions, solutions, emulsions, capsules, powders, syrups and the like are usable. Known techniques, which deliver the compound orally or intravenously and retain the biological activity, are preferred.
- a formulation of the present invention can be administered initially, and thereafter maintained by further administration.
- a formulation of the invention can be administered in one type of composition and thereafter further administered in a different or the same type of composition.
- a formulation of the invention can be administered by intravenous injection to bring blood levels to a suitable level. The patient's levels are then maintained by an oral dosage form, although other forms of administration, dependent upon the patient's condition, can be used.
- the vaccine may be administered as a single dose, or the vaccine may incorporate set booster doses.
- booster doses may comprise variants in order to provide protection against multiple clades of HIV.
- the quantity to be administered will vary for the patient being treated and whether the administration is for treatment or prevention and will vary from a few micrograms to a few milligrams for an average 70 kg patient, e.g., 5 micrograms to 5 milligrams such as 500 micrograms, or about 100 ng/kg of body weight to 100 mg/kg of body weight per administration and preferably will be from 10 pg/kg to 10 mg/kg per administration.
- the antigen is present in an amount on, the order of micrograms to milligrams, or, about 0.001 to about 20 wt %, preferably about 0.01 to about 10 wt %, and most preferably about 0.05 to about 5 wt %.
- any composition to be administered to an animal or human including the components thereof, and for any particular method of administration, it is preferred to determine therefor: toxicity, such as by determining the lethal dose (LD) and LD 5 o in a suitable animal model e.g., rodent such as mouse; and, the dosage of the composition(s), concentration of components therein and timing of administering the composition(s), which elicit a suitable immunological response, such as by titrations of sera and analysis thereof for antibodies or antigens, e.g., by ELISA and/or RFFIT analysis.
- toxicity such as by determining the lethal dose (LD) and LD 5 o in a suitable animal model e.g., rodent such as mouse
- LD lethal dose
- LD 5 o in a suitable animal model e.g., rodent such as mouse
- the dosage of the composition(s), concentration of components therein and timing of administering the composition(s) which elicit a suitable immunological response, such as by
- an adjuvant or additive is commonly used as 0.001 to 50 wt % solution in phosphate buffered saline, and the active ingredient is present in the order of micrograms to milligrams, such as about 0.0001 to about 5 wt %, preferably about 0.0001 to about 1 wt %, most preferably about 0.0001 to about 0.05 wt % or about 0.001 to about 20 wt %, preferably about 0.01 to about 10 wt %, and most preferably about 0.05 to about 5 wt %.
- Such determinations do not require undue experimentation from the knowledge of the skilled artisan, this disclosure and the documents cited herein. And, the time for sequential administrations can be ascertained without undue experimentation.
- compositions may be in admixture with a suitable carrier, diluent, or excipient such as sterile water, physiological saline, glucose or the like.
- a suitable carrier diluent, or excipient
- the compositions can also be lyophilized.
- the compositions can contain auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, gelling or viscosity enhancing additives, preservatives, flavoring agents, colors, and the like, depending upon the route of administration and the preparation desired. Standard texts, such as "REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCE", 17th edition, 1985, incorporated herein by reference, may be consulted to prepare suitable preparations, without undue experimentation.
- compositions of the invention are conveniently provided as liquid preparations, e.g., isotonic aqueous solutions, suspensions, emulsions or viscous compositions which may be buffered to a selected pH. If digestive tract absorption is preferred, compositions of the invention can be in the "solid" form of pills, tablets, capsules, caplets and the like, including "solid" preparations which are time -released or which have a liquid filling, e.g., gelatin covered liquid, whereby the gelatin is dissolved in the stomach for delivery to the gut. If nasal or respiratory (mucosal) administration is desired, compositions may be in a form and dispensed by a squeeze spray dispenser, pump dispenser or aerosol dispenser. Aerosols are usually under pressure by means of a hydrocarbon. Pump dispensers can preferably dispense a metered dose or, a dose having a particular particle size.
- compositions of the invention can contain pharmaceutically acceptable flavors and/or colors for rendering them more appealing, especially if they are administered orally.
- the viscous compositions may be in the form of gels, lotions, ointments, creams and the like (e.g., for transdermal administration) and will typically contain a sufficient amount of a thickening agent so that the viscosity is from about 2500 to 6500 cps, although more viscous compositions, even up to 10,000 cps may be employed.
- Viscous compositions have a viscosity preferably of 2500 to 5000 cps, since above that range they become more difficult to administer. However, above that range, the compositions can approach solid or gelatin forms, which are then easily administered as a swallowed pill for oral ingestion.
- Liquid preparations are normally easier to prepare than gels, other viscous compositions, and solid compositions. Additionally, liquid compositions are somewhat more convenient to administer, especially by injection or orally. Viscous compositions, on the other hand, can be formulated within the appropriate viscosity range to provide longer contact periods with mucosa, such as the lining of the stomach or nasal mucosa.
- suitable carriers and other additives will depend on the exact route of administration and the nature of the particular dosage form, e.g., liquid dosage form (e.g., whether the composition is to be formulated into a solution, a suspension, gel or another liquid form), or solid dosage form (e.g., whether the composition is to be formulated into a pill, tablet, capsule, caplet, time release form or liquid-filled form).
- liquid dosage form e.g., whether the composition is to be formulated into a solution, a suspension, gel or another liquid form
- solid dosage form e.g., whether the composition is to be formulated into a pill, tablet, capsule, caplet, time release form or liquid-filled form.
- compositions of this invention may be accomplished using sodium chloride, or other pharmaceutically acceptable agents such as dextrose, boric acid, sodium tartrate, propylene glycol or other inorganic or organic solutes.
- sodium chloride is preferred particularly for buffers containing sodium ions.
- Viscosity of the compositions may be maintained at the selected level using a pharmaceutically acceptable thickening agent.
- Methylcellulose is preferred because it is readily and economically available and is easy to work with.
- suitable thickening agents include, for example, xanthan gum, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, carbomer, and the like. The preferred concentration of the thickener will depend upon the agent selected. The important point is to use an amount that will achieve the selected viscosity. Viscous compositions are normally prepared from solutions by the addition of such thickening agents.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable preservative can be employed to increase the shelf-life of the compositions.
- Benzyl alcohol may be suitable, although a variety of preservatives including, for example, parabens, thimerosal, chlorobutanol, or benzalkonium chloride may also be employed.
- a suitable concentration of the preservative will be from 0.02% to 2% based on the total weight although there may be appreciable variation depending upon the agent selected.
- compounds and compositions of the invention will be administered by injection, as such compounds are to elicit anti-HIV antibodies, and the skilled artisan can, from this disclosure and the knowledge in the art, formulate compounds and compositions identified by herein methods for administration by injection and administer such compounds and compositions by injection.
- compositions of this invention are prepared by mixing the ingredients following generally accepted procedures.
- the selected components may be simply mixed in a blender, or other standard device to produce a concentrated mixture which may then be adjusted to the final concentration and viscosity by the addition of water or thickening agent and possibly a buffer to control pH or an additional solute to control tonicity.
- the pH may be from about 3 to 7.5.
- Compositions can be administered in dosages and by techniques well known to those skilled in the medical arts taking into consideration such factors as the age, sex, weight, and condition of the particular patient, and the composition form used for administration (e.g., solid vs. liquid). Dosages for humans or other mammals can be determined without undue experimentation by the skilled artisan, from this disclosure, the documents cited herein, and the knowledge in the art.
- Suitable regimes for initial administration and further doses or for sequential administrations also are variable, may include an initial administration followed by subsequent administrations; but nonetheless, may be ascertained by the skilled artisan, from this disclosure, the documents cited herein, and the knowledge in the art.
- the invention comprehends; in further aspects, methods for preparing therapeutic or preventive compositions including an active agent, ingredient or compound or neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, binder as from inventive methods herein for ascertaining compounds that bind to, as well as to methods for inhibiting HIV or eliciting antibodies against HIV by administering a compound or compounds that bind to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128.
- an active agent, ingredient or compound or neutralizing antibody such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, binder
- inventive methods herein for ascertaining compounds that bind to as well as to methods for inhibiting HIV or eliciting antibodies against HIV by administering a compound or compounds that bind to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128.
- compounds which bind to a neutralizing antibody such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, are useful in generating antibodies, which are themselves useful in assays as well as in therapeutics as well as diagnostics; and, the compounds which bind to PGT 127 or PGT 128 are useful for detecting anti-HIV antibodies in a sample. From documents cited herein, one can readily make and use such antibodies, and methods for producing monoclonal antibodies are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,196,265 and 6,221,645.
- the compounds that bind to a neutralizing antibody can be used to generate antibodies and the antibodies can be used, without undue experimentation, e.g., to detect HIV immunogens, antigens or epitopes in a sample.
- Example 1 An exceptionally potent and broad neutralizing antibody recognizes and penetrates the HIV glycan shield
- HIV Antibody PGT 128 achieves extraordinary potency and breadth by multivalent binding of its Fab to two glycans and the backbone of the V3 loop on gpl20.
- Fab PGT 128 complexed with an engineered fully-glycosylated gpl20 outer domain at 3.25 A reveals that the antibody penetrates the glycan shield and recognizes two conserved glycans as well as a short ⁇ -strand segment of the gpl20 V3 loop, accounting for its high binding affinity and broad specificify.
- PGT 128 IgGs may be mediated by cross-linking Env trimers on the viral surface.
- Viruses have evolved a variety of mechanisms to escape antibody recognition, many of which involve features of the viral surface proteins, such as high variability, steric occlusion, and glycan coating.
- the dense shield of glycans (1, 2) that decorate the viral Env protein was once believed to be refractory to antibody recognition, shielding conserved protein epitopes of important functional significance whose greater exposure would result in increased susceptibility to antibody neutralization.
- bnMAb 2G12 and several of the recently described PGT antibodies appear to bind directly to the HIV glycan coat.
- 2G12 recognizes terminal Manal,2Man moieties on oligomannose glycans using a unique domain- exchanged antibody structure that creates a multivalent binding surface and enhances the affinity of the interaction through avidity effects (4).
- 2G12 neutralizes clade B isolates broadly, it is less effective against other clades, in particular clade C viruses that have a somewhat different oligomannose glycan arrangement to clade B viruses.
- Applicants have recently isolated six bnMAbs (PGTs 125-128, 130-131) that bind specifically to the Man 8 /9 glycans on gpl20 and neutralize across clades with exceptional breadth and potency (5).
- the D3 arm of Man 8 /9 is bound by CDR L3 Asn94, Trp95, and Asp 95a (FIG. 1C and Table S2).
- CDR L3 Asn94, Trp95, and Asp 95a (FIG. 1C and Table S2).
- Several ordered water molecules are present in the glycan-antibody interface and also bridge the mannose residues (FIG. 1C), as previously noted as key features of other antibody-carbohydrate interfaces (10).
- two hydrogen bonds are observed between mannose residues that reside on different arms.
- the individual dihedrals of the glycan are in stable, low energy conformations (FIG. S2), consistent with a high affinity interaction.
- PGTs 125-128 contain a 6-residue insertion in CDR H2 (5), which was likely introduced somatically during affinity maturation (11). This insertion mediates an outward displacement of the C" ⁇ -strand of VH (FIG. S4) and promotes contact with the Man Dl arm (FIG. 1 and Table S2). Deletion of the insert resulted in diminished gpl20 binding and neutralization potency for PGTs 127 and 128 (FIG. 3C). However, a reciprocal swap of the PGT 127 and 128 insert residues did not result in a complete interchange of their binding to gpl20 or their neutralization profiles (FIG. 3C and FIG.
- Applicants co-crystallized Fab PGT 128 with a glycosylated gpl20 outer domain construct containing a truncated V3 loop (engineered outer domain mini-V3; eODmV3 (14)) (FIG. S6).
- PGT 128 binds to eODmV3 with an apparent affinity of 46 nM, which is ⁇ 8-fold less than its interaction with HIV-1JR-FL gpl20 core with a full-length V3 (FIG. S7).
- the purified complex was homogenous as assessed by SEC-MALS (FIG. S8) and the crystal structure was solved by molecular replacement and refined to an Rcryst of 0.21 and Rf ree of 0.26 (Table S I).
- the crystal structure unexpectedly revealed that PGT 128 in fact engages two different glycans, as well as the C-terminal end of the V3 loop, within the binding site.
- the primary glycan-binding site is occupied by the high-mannose glycan attached to N332 (Mang /9 GlcNAc 2 ), while a secondary glycan-binding site is occupied by N301 , which appears as Man 5 GlcNAc 2 in the electron density maps (FIG. 2).
- the secondary glycan-binding site is focused on the core pentasaccharide of N301 , as only the MansGlcNAc 2 portion of the glycan is visible in the density map (FIG. 2B).
- the two GlcNAc residues bind atop the CDR H1-H2 disulfide in a favorable hydrophobic interaction; hydrogen bonds are formed between the backbone amide and carbonyl of Ala52c and the N-acetyl and 03 hydroxyl of the first Asn- linked GlcNAc.
- FR3 and CDR HI residues form the contact site for the mannose sugars (FIG. 2B and Table S4).
- N301 and N332 glycans are 93% and 73% conserved among HIV isolates (FIG. S9), respectively, which accounts for the ability of PGT 128 to neutralize 72% of circulating viruses.
- FOG. S9 HIV-1JR_CSF
- individual alanine mutations at positions 332 and 301 had little to no effect on neutralization by PGT 128 (5), but various combinations of double glycan substitutions completely abolished neutralizing activity (FIG. S10).
- the epitope may be more promiscuous and accommodate antibody binding to two out of three glycans.
- the PGT 128 requirement for two closely spaced N-linked glycans likely accounts for its lack of reactivity with self-glycoproteins displaying single Mang /9 GlcNAc 2 (FIG. S l l) and for resistance of HIV-2 and SIV viruses to neutralization (FIG. S 12).
- Specific interactions with V3 were more difficult to investigate, as the V3 contacts with PGT 128 CDR H3 are primarily mediated through backbone hydrogen bonding and van der Waals interactions that are tolerant of side-chain variation, as seen for the V3 crown-specific antibody 447-52D (16).
- the PGT 128 epitope is highly accessible on the HIV trimer.
- a negative stain reconstruction of a soluble, partially deglycosylated 664G trimer in complex with PGT 128 Fab was generated.
- This engineered Env trimer incorporates stabilizing mutations that allow it to maintain integrity upon deglycosylation (18-23).
- Three Fabs bind to the trimer with no close contacts to neighboring gpl20 protomers, indicating that the outer domain epitope is accessible and highly exposed (FIG. 4A and FIG. S8).
- Table S 1. X-ray diffraction data processing and structure refinement statistics.
- Neoglycolipid probes included in the microarrays (N-glycan-related Array Set 1) with their binding signals (fluorescence intensities) for PGTs 127 and 128, 2G12 and plant lectin ConA.
- Antibodies and antigens The following antibodies and reagents were procured by the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative (IAVI) Neutralizing Antibody Consortium: antibody 2G12 (Polymun Scientific), antibody F425/b4E8 (provided by L. Cavacini, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center), and soluble CD4 (Progenies).
- IAVI International AIDS Vaccine Initiative
- Fabs 127 and 128 were produced in FreeStyleTM 293F (Invitrogen) suspension cultures by transfection of plasmids containing expression constructs for light chain and heavy chain terminating at Asp 11234 .
- Fabs were purified by anti -human lambda affinity chromatography and cation exchange as previously described (44). Fab fractions were pooled and purified further by size exclusion chromatography (SEC) using Superdex 200TM (GE Healthcare) in 20 mM Tris pH 8.0, 150 mM NaCl. The Fab peak was pooled and concentrated to 56 mg/ml in SEC buffer.
- PEI polyethyleneimine
- PGT 128 IgG antibody variants were produced in FreeStyleTM 293F (Invitrogen) suspension cultures by transfection of plasmids containing expression constructs for light chain and heavy chain and pAdVAntageTM Vector (Promega) using 293Fectin (Invitrogen). Supernatants were harvested 96 hours after transfection. Antibodies were purified using ProteinA SepharoseTM (GE Healthcare) or used without purification with concentration determined by ELISA.
- KNH1144 SOSIP 664G production 5.6 x 10 6 293S cells were seeded in Hyperflasks (Corning Life Sciences) and incubated for 72 hrs until confluent in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 10% calf serum (Invitrogen), lOOmM Sodium Pyruvate (Invitrogen), GlutaMAX supplement (Invitrogen), Penicillin/Streptomycin (Invitrogen) and lOmM non-essential amino acids solution (Invitrogen).
- K H1144 SOSIP 664G (Depetris et al.
- protein was produced by cotransfection of the adherent 293 S cells with pPI4 K H1144 SOSIP 664G and pcDNA3.1 Furin using PEI Max (Polysciences), followed by 32 °C incubation for 48hrs. The harvested supernatant was passed through 0.22 ⁇ filter before storing at 4 °C for subsequent purification steps.
- the first half of the monomer eODmV3 SEC peak was pooled and a sub-stoichiometric quantity PGT 128 Fab was added, allowing PGT 128 to select the heavier MW glycoform with intact Man 8/9 sugars.
- This complex was again passed over Superdex 200 to remove unbound, underglycosylated, eODmV3.
- the complex peak was concentrated to 15 mg/ml in SEC buffer.
- Crystals of PGT 128/Man 9 were grown in 1 1% PEG 4000, 0.1M HEPES pH 7.5, and 10%> isopropanol at 4°C. 127/Man 9 crystals were cryoprotected by transferring into a solution consisting of 14% PEG 4000, 0.1M HEPES pH 7.5, 10% isopropanol, 20%> glycerol, and 6.5 mM Man 9 . 128/Man 9 crystals were cryoprotected by transferring into a solution consisting of 14% PEG 4000, 0.1M HEPES pH 7.5, 10% isopropanol, 20%> glycerol, and 6.5 mM Man 9 . Crystals were then looped using Hampton Research mounting loops and frozen by plunging into liquid nitrogen.
- a 2.8 A resolution structure was available for the engineered outer domain lacking mini-V3 (Huang et al. manuscript in preparation)and used as the starting model in the complex.
- Glycans were built using high-resolution coordinates (N332) as a starting model or de novo (N301) using Coot.
- the mini-V3 was modeled in Coot.
- the eODmV3 structure was refined with Buster 2.10 (53) by individual, isotropic correlated B -factor adjustment, TLS, and coordinate minimization. Final crystallographic Rcryst/Rfree of 0.207/0.257 were obtained.
- anisotropic ellipsoidal cutoffs (54) of 3.0 A (a), 3.3 A (b), and 3.6 (c) were performed using an in- house script and Scalepack (55) to remove the weakest, most poorly measured data (54).
- B-factor sharpening (56) was used to improve the maps for manual building in Coot.
- Negative stained grids were prepared by applying 0.1 mg/ml of the purified d664G/PGT128 complex to a freshly glow discharged carbon coated 400 Cu mesh grid and stained with 2% uranyl formate. Grids were viewed using a FEI Tecnai TF20 electron operating at a magnification of 100,000x and a high tension of 120kV. Images were acquired on a Gatan 4kx4k CCD camera at 0 and 45° tilt angles using a defocus range of 700 to 900 nm. The 45° tilt angle provided additional particle orientations to improve the image reconstruction.
- the pixel size of the CCD camera was calibrated at this magnification to be 1.09 A using a 2D catalase crystal with known cell parameters. A total of 4980 particles were used for the final image reconstruction, and a conservative resolution of 18.3A was estimated using an FSC of 0.5.
- the constant region of Fab PGT 128 was then manually fit into the image reconstruction using the Fit in Map function of Chimera with the Real-time S 12 correlation / average update function enabled, as the elbow angle between the variable and constant regions can vary under different conditions even for the same Fab, as Applicants noted in the PGT 128 crystal structures.
- This combination allowed us to minimize the movement of the constant region with respect to the variable region, to reduce atom clashes between the two rigid bodies, while concurrently maximizing the correlation coefficient between the atomic structure and the image reconstruction.
- Antibody and envelope mutations Mutations in the 128 heavy and light chains and the HIV envelope were made using QuikChange site-directed mutagenesis (Stratagene). Mutations were verified by DNA sequencing.
- gpl20, C3, and RNAseB ELISA Native Human C3 and goat-anti-Human-C3 were obtained from AbD serotec.
- RNAseB was obtained from New England Biolabs. 250ng of antigen was coated onto flat bottom microtitre plates (Costar type 3690, Corning Inc.) at 4°C overnight. All subsequent steps were performed at room temperature. The plates were washed 5 times with phosphate buffered saline containing 0.05% Tween-20 (PBS-T) then blocked with 5% non-fat milk in PBS-T (100 mL/well) for lh.
- PBS-T phosphate buffered saline containing 0.05% Tween-20
- the wells were emptied, and serial dilutions of antibody were added (5% non-fat milk in PBS-T) and incubated for 2 h. After washing, antibody binding was probed with either alkaline phosphatase-conjugated goat anti-human IgG Fc or peroxidase-conjugated rabbit-anti-goat H+L (Jackson, diluted to 1 : 1000 in 5% non-fat milk in PBS-T) for lh. The wells were washed and the bound secondary antibody was visualised with /?-nitrophenol phosphate substrate (Sigma) or TMB substrate (Thermo Scientific) and read at 405 nm or 450 nm, respectively.
- Pseudovirus was generated in HEK 293 T cells as described previously (63, 64). Briefly, 293T cells were transfected with plasmids carrying the reporter gene expressing the virus backbone PSG-3Aenv and the functional envelope clone at a ratio of 2:1 using Fugene (Roche) or PEI max (Polysciences, Inc) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Virus supernatants were harvested after 3 days. Glycosidase inhibitors were added at the time of transfection and were used at the following concentrations: 25 ⁇ kifunensine and 2 mM N-butyldeoxynojirimycin (NB-DNJ) (65).
- Neutralization assays Neutralization activity of antibodies against pseudovirus in TZM-bl cells was determined as described previously (63, 64). Briefly, TZM-bl cells were seeded in a 96-well flat bottom plate and infected with pseudovirus in the presence of inhibitors (200 ⁇ total volume). Viruses were preincubated with the antibody for 1 h at 37°C. Luciferase reporter gene expression was quantified 72 h after infection upon lysis and addition of Bright-GloTM Luciferase substrate (Promega).
- Man 8 GlcNAc 2 Gly (66, 67) and Mang-dendron (68) were printed in replicates of six onto NHS-activated glass slides at a concentration of 200 ⁇ (69) using a MicroGridll contact microarray printing robot. Printing efficiency was determined by measuring ConA binding.
- Neoglycolipid (NGL) microarray analyses were performed at ambient temperature.
- the PGTs 127 and 128 were pre- complexed with biotinylated anti-human-IgG (Vector) at a 1 :3 ratio, w/w, before applying onto the slides at a final concentration of 10 ⁇ g/ml.
- Biotinylated ConA (Vector) was tested at 0.5 ⁇ g/ml. Binding was detected with Alexa-Fluor 647 labelled streptavidin (Molecular Probes) at 1 ⁇ g/ml. Microarray data analysis was performed with dedicated software. Binding signals were oligosaccharide dose-related. Results at 5 fmol/spot with selected oligomannose NGLs (prepared by reductive amination) are in FIG. S3A, and the full data with the 50 NGLs are shown in Table S6. Included for comparison are the results with human 2G12 (Polymun Scientific) taken from an earlier experiment performed using a different version of microarrays (73). Antibody 2G12 was analyzed at 1 : 10000 dilution (without pre-complexation), and the binding was detected with biotinylated anti-human-IgG followed by Alexa-Fluor 647 labelled streptavidin.
- the HIV-1 664G trimer is based on the clade A strain K H1144 and incorporates stabilizing mutations A501C, T605C, and I559P. Applicants have previously shown that trimers incorporating these stabilizing mutations are competent to undergo CD4- induced conformational changes akin to those observed in the native trimer (22).
- HIV-1J R _ FL is the only HIV isolate that has been shown to express a high proportion of fully cleaved Env trimers on the surface of transfected cells and was, therefore, selected for binding studies.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Virology (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Mycology (AREA)
- Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- AIDS & HIV (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Cell Biology (AREA)
- Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
- Food Science & Technology (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Pathology (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
The invention relates to an immunogenic HIV-1 gp120 mini V3 loop, which is a truncated version of the full-length gp120 V3 loop useful for crystallization with antibodies that recognize carbohydrate moieties. The invention also relates to the structure of a broadly neutralizing antibody as a complex with a glycosylated gp120 outer domain, as determined by crystallographic techniques, and the confirmation that a glycosylated gp120 outer domain has a functional relevant conformation, as well as the determination of key residues on a glycosylated gp120 outer domain, and uses thereof and compounds and compositions therefrom. Furthermore, the invention also relates to other peptides and mimetic peptides, which bind to broadly neutralizing antibodies.
Description
AN HIV-1 GP120 MINI V3 LOOP AND USES THEREOF
RELATED APPLICATIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. provisional patent application Serial No. 61/546,347 filed October 12, 2011. Reference is also made to international patent application Serial No. PCT/US11/49880 filed August 31, 2011.
[0002] The foregoing applications, and all documents cited therein or during their prosecution ("appln cited documents") and all documents cited or referenced in the appln cited documents, and all documents cited or referenced herein ("herein cited documents"), and all documents cited or referenced in herein cited documents, together with any manufacturer's instructions, descriptions, product specifications, and product sheets for any products mentioned herein or in any document incorporated by reference herein, are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and may be employed in the practice of the invention. More specifically, all referenced documents are incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual document was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0003] The present invention relates to an HIV-1 gpl20 mini V3 loop, which is a truncated version of the full-length gpl20 V3 loop useful for crystallization with antibodies that recognize carbohydrate moieties located at the base of the V3 loop. A composition containing the mini V3 loop, when administered, may elicit anti-HIV antibodies, in particular broadly neutralizing antibodies. The composition containing the mini V3 loop may then be used in diagnostic, pharmaceutical, immunogenic, immunological or vaccine compositions. These compositions are useful in the detection or treatment and/or prevention of HIV infections. Further, antibodies elicited by such compounds also can be used in diagnostic or pharmaceutical, immunogenic, immunological or vaccine compositions.
FEDERAL FUNDING LEGEND
[0004] This invention was supported, in part, by NIH AI84817 and NIH/NRSA fellowship AI74372. The federal government may have certain rights to this invention.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0005] Viruses have evolved a variety of mechanisms to escape antibody recognition, many of which involve features of the viral surface proteins, such as high variability, steric occlusion, and glycan coating. For HIV, the dense shield of glycans that decorate the viral Env protein was once believed to be refractory to antibody recognition, shielding conserved protein epitopes of important functional significance whose greater exposure would result in increased susceptibility to antibody neutralization.
[0006] However, bnMAb 2G12 and several PGT antibodies appear to bind directly to the HIV glycan coat. Although carbohydrate-protein interactions are typically weak, 2G12 recognizes terminal Manal,2Man moieties on oligomannose glycans using a unique domain- exchanged antibody structure that creates a multivalent binding surface and enhances the affinity of the interaction through avidity effects.
[0007] However, although 2G12 neutralizes clade B isolates broadly, it is less effective against other clades, in particular clade C viruses that have a somewhat different oligomannose glycan arrangement to clade B viruses. In contrast, Applicants have recently isolated at least six bnMAbs (PGTs 125-128, 130-131) that bind specifically to the Man8/9 glycans on gpl20 and neutralize across clades with exceptional breadth and potency. PGT 128, the broadest of these antibodies, neutralizes over 70% of globally circulating viruses and is, on average, an order of magnitude more potent than the recently described PG9, PG16, VRCOl, and VRC-PG04 bnMAbs and two orders of magnitude more potent than prototype bnMAbs described earlier.
[0008] Citation or identification of any document in this application is not an admission that such document is available as prior art to the present invention.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0009] The present invention relates to an HIV-1 gpl20 mini V3 loop which may be a truncated version of the full-length gpl20 V3 loop. In an advantageous embodiment, the sequence of a mini V3 loop may be: 295 -NCTRPNNNTRPGEIIGDIRQ AHCN-332 (SEQ ID NO: 1). SEQ ID NO: 1 corresponds to residues 295-304, an inserted Proline (underlined), and residues 321-332 from the JR-FL strain of gpl20. This truncated V3 loop may be used in gpl20, gpl20 core, and gpl20 outer domain constructs in place of full-length V3.
[0010] Constructs containing mini-V3 may be useful for crystallization with antibodies that recognize carbohydrates at N295, N301, and N332, and other and other, adjoining carbohydrates in the vicinity, such as N392, N301, and N332, and these constructs may also be useful for eliciting broadly neutralizing antibodies. The tip of full-length V3 (around residues 303-319) is highly immunogenic, but usually elicits type-specific or non- neutralizing antibodies, so the removal of that part of the V3 loop may eliminate type- specific and/or non-neutralizing responses against those residues. Constructs that bind highly potent broadly neutralizing antibodies may be tested as immunogens in animal models to aid in vaccine design to elicit the same types of antibodies in humans.
[0011] Accordingly, it is an object of the invention to not encompass within the invention any previously known product, process of making the product, or method of using the product such that Applicants reserve the right and hereby disclose a disclaimer of any previously known product, process, or method. It is further noted that the invention does not intend to encompass within the scope of the invention any product, process, or making of the product or method of using the product, which does not meet the written description and enablement requirements of the USPTO (35 U.S.C. § 112, first paragraph) or the EPO (Article 83 of the EPC), such that Applicants reserve the right and hereby disclose a disclaimer of any previously described product, process of making the product, or method of using the product.
[0012] It is noted that in this disclosure and particularly in the claims and/or paragraphs, terms such as "comprises", "comprised", "comprising" and the like can have the meaning attributed to it in U.S. Patent law; e.g., they can mean "includes", "included", "including", and the like; and that terms such as "consisting essentially of and "consists essentially of have the meaning ascribed to them in U.S. Patent law, e.g., they allow for elements not explicitly recited, but exclude elements that are found in the prior art or that affect a basic or novel characteristic of the invention.
[0013] These and other embodiments are disclosed or are obvious from and encompassed by, the following Detailed Description.
DEPOSITS
[0014] Coordinates and structure factors for the Fab PGT 128/Man9, Fab PGT 127/Man9, and Fab PGT 128/eODmV3 structures have been deposited with the PDB under accession codes 3TV3, 3TWC, and 3TYG. The Fab PGT 128/d664G ! rimer EM reconstruction density- has been deposited with the EMDB under accession code EMD-1970.
[0015] The Deposits were made pursuant to the terms of the Budapest Treaty. Upon issuance of a patent, all restrictions upon the deposit will be removed, and the deposit is intended to meet the requirements of 37 CFR §§ 1.801-1.809. The deposit will be maintained in the depository for a period of 30 years, or 5 years after the last request, or for the effective life of the patent, whichever is longer, and will be replaced if necessary during that period.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWTNGS
[0016] The following detailed description, given by way of example, but not intended to limit the invention solely to the specific embodiments described, may best be understood in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
[0017] FIG. 1. Unique binding mode of Man9 by antibody PGT 128 revealed by the high-resolution crystal structure of the complex. (A) Front (top) and side (bottom) views of PGT 128 Fab with bound Man9 glycan. The light and heavy chains are depicted as grey and magenta ribbons, respectively, and the glycan as yellow and red sticks. (B) Close-up view of glycan binding site of PGT 128 showing electron density (2Fo-Fc) at 1.0 sigma for glycan and associated water molecules. Water molecules are shown as red spheres, electron density is colored red for waters that bridge mannose residues and green for glycan-antibody interfacial positions. (C) Detailed view of the tryptophan-rich (VH W52f, W56, WlOOe and VL W95) and Asn/Asp-rich (VH N53, VL N94, D95a) glycan binding site at the interface of CDRs H2, H3, L3 and FR2. The Dl arm is bound by residues in the 6-amino acid CDR H2 insert and VH FR2. The D3 arm is bound by residues within CDR L3. Potential hydrogen bonds are shown as green dashes.
[0018] FIG. 2. Crystal structure of PGT 128 Fab in complex with an engineered glycosylated gpl20 outer domain (eODmV3). (A) Overall view of PGT128/eODmV3. PGT 128 Fab heavy and light chains are depicted as in FIG. 1. eODmV3 is shown in green
cartoon ribbon representation. Glycans are depicted in a ball-and-stick representation. PGT128 binds the N332 glycan in the primary glycan binding site by interactions with the terminal mannose residues of the Dl and D3 arms. The mode of interaction and site of recognition is identical to that visualized in the high resolution Man complex. The secondary glycan binding site recognizes the N301 glycan. (B) Close up view of the secondary glycan interaction site and contacts made with N301 glycan. The mannose residues of the N301 glycan splay out around FR3 residues D72, T73, P74, and K75. The terminal mannose resides are not ordered in the electron density. (C) Close up view of V3 interactions with CDR H3. The C-terminus of V3, residues D325-Q328, make van der Waals and hydrogen bonding contacts to one side of an extended β-strand region of PGT 128 CDR H3, which includes LlOO-DlOOd. The V3 base is intercalated between the apex of the H2 insert (Y52e and W52f) and H3.
[0019] FIG. 3. Effect of PGT 128 paratope mutations in the individual glycan subsites on neutralization of HIV-1JR_FL and glycan binding. Binding of PGT 128 mutants to gpl20 was tested by ELISA (left panel) or to glycans on the high mannose glycan microarray (right panel). (A) Mutation of select residues in the primary glycan binding site (Man8/ci) that recognizes the N332 glycan. Residues (HC, heavy chain; LC, light chain) that disrupt the formation of the hydrophobic core of the binding site (VH KlOOgA, WlOOeA, and VL W95A) or disrupt hydrogen bonding to terminal mannose residues (VH H59A and VL D95aA) compromise neutralization (middle panel), as well as gpl20 and glycan binding. (B) Mutation of select residues interacting with the secondary glycan binding site that recognizes the N301 glycan. Mutation of VH H52aA results in a decrease in gpl20 binding and neutralization, while disruption of the CDR H1-H2 disulfide (VH C32A, C52bA, or double mutant) greatly compromises both gpl20 binding and neutralization. (C) Contribution of the 6-residue CDR H2 insert deletion on neutralization and glycan binding. PGT 128 retains ability to bind Man8/ and neutralize to a lesser extent without the insert, whereas PGT 127 no longer neutralizes, although still has some ability to bind Man8/9. Swapping of the insert between 127 and 128 allows 128 to retain some binding and neutralization, but substantially reduces binding and abrogates neutralization when the PGT 128 H2 insert is transplanted onto PGT 127.
[0020] FIG. 4. Negative stain reconstruction of partially-deglycosylated soluble 664G Env trimer in complex with PGT128 Fab. Soluble (664G) Env trimer was complexed with Fab PGT 128 and treated with Endo H to remove non-protected glycans. (A) Coordinates of the 128/eODmV3 complex structure fitted into the reconstruction density (blue). Overhead (top) and side (bottom) views show the fit of the crystal structure to the EM density. Fab 128, depicted as blue (heavy) and white (light), and eODmV3 (red) are depicted in schematic backbone representation with glycans shown as yellow sticks. (B) Reconstruction density overlayed with cryo-electron tomographic reconstruction of native, unliganded trimer (yellow) (30). The putative location of V1/V2 is indicated. V3 N301 and N332 are exposed on the surface of the outer domain and slightly below the trimer apex, which corresponds to location of the V1/V2 loops. The PGT 128 epitope located approximately on the opposite side of gpl20 from the CD4bs (FIG. S13C).
[0021] FIG. 5. Cell-surface binding and neutralization properties of PGT 127 and PGT 128 IgGs and Fabs. (A) (left) Binding of PGT 127 and PGT 128 Fabs and IgGs to HIV-ljR_FL trimers expressed on the surface of transfected 293T cells as determined by flow cytometry, (right) Neutralizing activity of PGT 127 and PGT 128 IgGs and Fabs against HIV-1JR_FL- 2G12 is included for comparison. Experiments were performed in duplicate and data are representative of at least two independent experiments. MFI, mean fluorescence intensity. (B) (top) Comparison of binding (EC50) and neutralization (IC50) for PGT 127 and PGT 128 Fabs and IgGs against HIV-1JR_FL · 2G12 is included for comparison, (bottom) Bar graph representation of Fab (IC50): IgG (IC50) ratios for PGT 127, PGT 128, bl2, PG16, PGT 121 , 2F5, and 4E10. Ratios were calculated as IC50 of the Fab / IC50 of IgG.
[0022] FIG. 6. Impact of PGT 127 and PGT 128 on viral infectivity decay. (A) Viral infectivity decay of HIV-1JR_FL was measured in the presence of PGT 127 and PGT 128 IgGs and Fabs. 2G12 is included for comparison. Data were fitted to a single-phase exponential decay to obtain half-life. Individual experiments were performed in triplicate, and error bars represent the standard error of two independent experiments. (B) The fold-reduction in the half-life of HIV-1JR_FL (expressed as an x-fold decrease) in the presence of antibodies at concentrations providing 90% neutralization, compared to the absence of antibody. Error bars represent the standard error of two independent experiments.
[0023] FIG. SI. Crystal structure of Man9 complex with PGT 127 Fab. (A) Front (left) and side (right) views of PGT 127, shown as pink (heavy) and white (light) cartoon ribbons, bound to Man9, depicted in ball and stick representation. (B) Glycan binding site of PGT 127 showing electron density (2Fo-Fc) at 1σ for glycan and select water molecules (red density) that bridge mannose residues. (C) Detailed view of Man9 binding site of PGT 127. Hydrogen bonding interactions are shown in green dashes. (D) Superposition of PGT 127 and PGT 128 Man9 complexes, depicted in ribbon representation, and bound glycan, shown as red (carbon) and black (oxygen) sticks. (E) Close up view of superposition of Man9 binding sites of PGT 127 and PGT 128. The 6-residue H2 inserts adopt distinct conformations. The H2 insert in PGT 127 does not interact with Man9, due to lattice contacts and, possibly, weaker association of Y52e and N53 relative to corresponding residues (W52e and N53) in PGT 128.
[0024] FIG. S2. Dihedral and conformational analysis of Man9 conformation when bound to PGT 128. (A) Chemical representation of Man9GlcNAc2 showing standard nomenclature. (B) Torsional analysis of glycosidic linkages of Man9 bound to PGT 128. †Reference dihedral angles with standard deviations were obtained from Petrescu et al. (74). tDihedral angles follow the "x-1" system for crystallography and are defined as: φ = 05-C1 - O-C(x)' and ψ = Cl -0-C(x)'-C(x-l)' for Man(al→2)Man and Man(al→3)Man, where x = 2 or 3 respectively; φ = 05 -C1 -0-C6', ψ = C 1 -0-C6'- C5\ and ω = O -C6'-C5'-C4' for Man(al→6)Man linkages. Note equivalence of positive angles over 180 with corresponding negative angles e.g. -169.6°≡ 190.4°. S21 (C) Carbohydrate Ramachandran plots (ψ/φ) of glycosidic linkages (red) compared to with other database values (gray). The axes are now in the "x-1" system rather than the "x+1" system (75). (D) Superposition of PGT 128-bound Man9 (green and red sticks) with 10 other Man9 structures taken from the PDB.
[0025] FIG. S3. Glycan specificity profiling of PGTs 127 and 128. (A) Binding of PGTs 127 and 128, and antibody 2G12 to oligomannose and glucosylated Man9 N-glycans arrayed (5 fmol) in the neoglycolipid microarrays. Concanavalin A (ConA) is included as a positive control. The full array data with 50 oligosaccharide probes are in Table S6. (B) Glycosidase inhibition studies with PGTs 127 and 128 and 2G12 on HIV-1JR-FL. Pseudovirus was prepared in the presence of 25 μΜ kifunensine (ER- mannosidase I enzyme) to generate virus displaying Man9GlcNAc2 glycans and/or 2mM NB-DNJ (ER-a-glucosidase I and II enzymes)
to generate virus displaying Glci- 3Man9GlcNAc2 glycans. Due to the endomannosidase activity present in 293T cells, virus was also prepared in the presence of NB-DNJ and kifunensine.
[0026] FIG. S4. Comparison PGT 128 VH domain to germline IGHV 4 39 model, (left) side view of the superposition of a model IGHV 4 39 VH domain derived from PDB entry 2J6E (green) with PGT 128 VH (purple). The C" β-strand is displaced by the 6- residue CDR H2 insertion, (right) Top-down view of superposition.
[0027] FIG. S5. PGT 127 and 128 CDR H2 6-residue insert swap and effect on neutralization potency. Neutralizing activity of antibodies against (A) WT JR-CSF, (B) JRCSF N332A, and (C) 92TH021. Residues RSYYNT in PGT 127 were replaced with ASYWNR and residues ASYWNR in PGT 128 were replaced with RSYYNT.
[0028] FIG. S6. Amino-acid sequence of engineered outer domain construct containing mini-V3. The locations of mini-V3 (dashed line), N301 (*) and N332 (·) are indicated. The base strain for eOD is HxB2; mini-V3 (mV3) is based on JR-FL and corresponds to V3 loop residues 298-304 and 321-329.
[0029] FIG. S7. Binding of IgG PGT 128 to HIV envelope constructs. ELISA binding of IgG PGT 128 to HIV- 1 JR-FL core gpl20 with a full-length V3 (blue circles), HIV-1JR-FL core gpl20 with mini-V3, containing a deletion of residues 305-320, (maroon squares) and eODmV3 (green triangles).
[0030] FIG. S8. SEC-UV/MALS/RI characterization of PGT 128 Fab in complex with eODmV3. The UV280 absorbance trace is shown for the Superdex 200 16/60 elution profile of PGT 128 Fab in complex with eODmV3. Two major peaks were identified and further characterized by combining the measured UV280 signal with MALS and RI online measurements. The calculated molar masses of the eluting glycoprotein, as well as the individual protein and carbohydrate molar mass contributions are represented as closely spaced blue dots forming a semi-connected line across the peak. The average molar masses determined by SEC-UV/MALS/RI are labeled and indicate that the first peak at 60.7 mL contains the PGT 128 Fab complex with eODmV3 (86 KDa total weight of glycoprotein= 47 KDa for PGT 128 Fab + 21 KDa for ODmV3 protein + 18 KDa for eODmV3 glycan) whereas the second peak eluting at 71.0 mL is composed of unbound eODmV3, (38 KDa total weight of glycoprotein= 22 KDa for eODmV3 protein + 16 KDa for eODmV3 glycan).
The theoretical molar masses of PGT 128 Fab
g/mol) and eODmV3 (MMProtein=21,992.4 g/mol) are in agreement with those determined by SEC- UV/MALS/RI, and are within experimental error. Analysis of the glycan content of S27 the complex and eODmV3 (16-18 ± 5 KDa) is consistent with utilization of the majority of the 12 predicted N-linked glycosylation. This SEC-UV/MALS/RI purification and characterization strategy allowed us to confidently assess the homogeneity of PGT 128 Fab/eODmV3 for crystallization studies.
[0031] FIG. S9. Conservation of V3 stem residues and glycans that form the epitope of PGT 128. Conservation of residues among >1600 aligned sequences taken from the Los Alamos HIV sequence database. N301 and N332 NXS/T glycan sequons are depicted as blue bars, and other amino acids involved as direct contact residues in the PGT 128 epitope are shown as green bars.
[0032] FIG. S10. Neutralizing activity of PGTs 127 and 128 against single and double HIV-ljR-csF glycan mutants. One or two N-linked glycans (N295, N301 or N332) were removed from HIV-IJR-CSF, and PGTs 127 and 128 were tested for neutralizing activity.
[0033] FIG. Sll. Lack of binding of PGTs 127 and 128 to self-glycoproteins and glycoproteins displaying high-mannose glycans. (A) RNAse B and (B) human C3. bnMAb 2G12 and Galanthus nivalis lectin (GNL) are included as controls. Anti-C3 is a goat-anti- human polyclonal raised against human C3. Anti-serum was used at an initial dilution of 1 :50. GNL and the anti-goat secondary were HRP conjugated and absorbance read at 450nm.
[0034] FIG. S12. Neutralization of other highly glycosylated viruses by PGT 127 and 128. Neutralization of (A) SIV mac239 and (B) HIV-2 was measured in a single round replication pseudo virus assay with TZM-bl target cells. No neutralization was observed as with 2G12.
[0035] FIG. S13. Analysis of negative stain reconstruction of 664G trimer with PGT 128 Fab. (A) Comparison of reference free 2D class averages to reference projections: (top row) reference calculated from the d664G+PGT128 complex showing top to side view, (bottom row) reference free 2D class averages aligned to the respective reference shown in the top row. (B) The resolution of the reconstruction is 14.0 A, as determined from the Fourier shell correlation (FSC) plot. (C) Comparison of Fab PGT 128 and bl2 complexes with Env trimers. The crystal structure of Fab PGT 128 in complex with eODmV3 fit to the negative
stain S31 reconstruction (left). Superposed native, unliganded trimer cryoelectron tomographic reconstruction (30) (yellow) is shown for comparison (second image). Unliganded (yellow) and bl2-liganded (green) native trimer (30) fit with bl2- bound gpl20 core (third and fourth images) (76). Superposed Fab PGT 128- liganded soluble 664G and native bl2-liganded trimer densities fit with Fab PGT 128-bound eODmV3 and bl2-bound gpl20 core, respectively (right). (D) Localization of V3 in the Fab PGT 128-bound 664G trimer. (left) Top view of the 664G trimer with docked Fab PGT 128/eODmV3 structure (eODmV3, red; PGT 128 Fab white and blue) and CD4- and X5-bound HIV-1JR-FL gpl20 core (PDB 2B4C; gpl20, yellow; V3, magenta; CD4 and X5 Fab are not shown for clarity). The mini- V3 loop is shown as a thick magenta tube, (right) Side view showing that one side of the V3 loop from PDB 2B4C protrudes from the electron density, whereas the V3 loop tip encroaches into PGT 128 Fab density. However, the V3 loop is quite flexible and there is sufficient space to rotate its distal end closer to the central axis of the trimer, where the VI /V2 loops appear to be located.
[0036] FIG. S14. Comparison of binding affinity of PGTs 127 and 128 IgGs and Fabs for cell surface trimers and neutralization potency, (left) Binding of PGT 127 and 128 IgGs (blue) and Fabs (cyan) to HIV- 1YU2 expressed on the surface of transfected 293T cells as determined by flow cytometry, (right) Neutralizing activity of PGT 127 and 128 IgGs (blue) and Fabs (cyan) against HIV-1YU2.
[0037] FIG. S15. Shedding of gpl20 from HIV-1JR-FL transfected cells. Soluble CD4 (sCD4) and IgG and Fab PGT 127 and 128 ^g/ml quantities as indicated) were incubated with HIV- ljR-FL transfected cells, and the supematants were analyzed by western blot. Only sCD4 shows evidence of gpl20 shedding.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
[0038] The present invention relates to an HIV-1 gpl20 mini V3 loop which may be a truncated version of the full-length gpl20 V3 loop. In an advantageous embodiment, the sequence of a mini V3 loop may be: 295 -NCTRPNNNTRPGEIIGDIRQ AHCN-332 (SEQ ID NO: 1). SEQ ID NO: 1 corresponds to residues 295-304, an inserted Proline (underlined), and residues 321-332 from the JR-FL strain of gpl20. This truncated V3 loop may be used in gpl20, gpl20 core, and gpl20 outer domain constructs in place of full-length V3.
[0039] The V3 loop is very flexible, so deleting it from gpl20 constructs often aids in their crystallization. However the carbohydrate attachment sites at N295, N301, and N332 are essential for recognition from some of the PGT series of antibodies, so a shortened V3 loop was designed to include the glycosylation sites, and also reduce flexibility. Therefore, a modified sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 is envisioned with amino acid substitutions maintaining carbohydrate attachment sites at N295, N301, and N332 as well as an inserted proline or other similar amino acid residue to introduce rigidity to the peptide.
[0040] Constructs containing SEQ ID NO: 1 may be useful for crystallization with antibodies that recognize or are dependent on carbohydrates at N295, N301, and N332, and other, adjoining carbohydrates in the vicinity, and these constructs may also be useful for eliciting broadly neutralizing antibodies. The tip of full-length V3 (around residues 303-319) is highly immunogenic, but usually elicits type-specific or non-neutralizing antibodies, so the removal of that part of the V3 loop may eliminate a type-specific and non-neutralizing responses against those residues. Constructs that bind highly potent broadly neutralizing antibodies may be tested as immunogens in animal models to aid in vaccine design to elicit the same types of antibodies in humans.
[0041] Additionally, the invention pertains to the identification, design, synthesis and isolation of SEQ ID NO: 1. The present invention also relates to homologues, derivatives and variants of SEQ ID NO: 1, wherein it is preferred that the homologue, derivative or variant have at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 93%, at least 95%, at least 97%, at least 98% or at least 99% homology or identity with the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1. It is noted that within this specification, homology to SEQ ID NO: 1 refers to the homology of the homologue, derivative or variant to the binding site of SEQ ID NO: 1.
[0042] The mini-V3 was designed, and incorporated into several different constructs, including the gpl20 outer domain, gpl20 core (strains JR-FL, JR-CSF, 92RW020, 93IN905), and a fusion protein between human Fc and mini-V3. Other regions of the gpl20 protein are contemplated such as an inner domain and a bridging sheet or beta sheet.
[0043] The present invention also contemplates the crystallization of a composition or construct containing SEQ ID NO: 1 with a broadly neutralizing antibody such as, but not limited to, 1443 C16 (PG16) (TCN-116), 1503 H05 (PG16) (TCN-119), 1456 A12 (PG16)
(TCN-117), 1469 M23 (PG16) (TCN-118), 1489 113 (PG16) (TCN-120), 1480J08 (PG16), 1456 P20 (PG20), 1460 G14 (PGG14), 1495 C14 (PGC14), 1496 C09 (PG9) (TCN-109), 4838_L06 (PGT-121), 4873_E03 (PGT-121), 4877_D15 (PGT-122), 4858_P08 (PGT-123), 6123 A06 (PGT-125), 5141 B17 (PGT-126), 5145 B14 (PGT-127), 5114 A19 (PGT-128), 5147 N06 (PGT-130), 5136 H01 (PGT-131), 5343 B08 (PGT-135), 5344 E16 (PGT-135), 5329 C19 (PGT-136), 5366 P21 (PGT-136), 4964 G22 (PGT-141), 5345 101 (PGT-137), 4993 K13 (PGT-141), 4995 E20 (PGT-142), 4980 N08 (PGT-143), 4970 K22 (PGT-144), 4995 P16 (PGT-145), 4835 F12 (PGT-124), 4869-K15 (PGT-133), 4876 M06 (PGT-134), 5131 A17 (PGT-132), 5138 G07 (PGT-138), 5120 N10 (PGT-139), 6831 A21 (PGT-151), 6889 117 (PGT-152), 6891 F06 (PGT-153), 6843 G20 (PGT-154), 6892 D19 (PGT-155), 6808 B09 (PGT-156), 6892 C23 (PGT-157), and 6881 N05 (PGT-158) and sister clones thereof. For instance, an exemplary sister clone of the 1443 C16 (PG16) (TCN-116) antibody is the 1503 H05 (PG16) (TCN-119) antibody, the 1456 A12 (PG16) (TCN-117) antibody, the 1469 M23 (PG16) (TCN-118) antibody, the 1489 113 (PG16) (TCN-120) antibody, or the 1480 108 (PG16) antibody (see, e.g., international patent application Serial No. PCT/US 11/49880 filed August 31, 2011, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference).
[0044] As discussed herein and illustrated in the Figures, the invention pertains to the structure of PGT 127 or PGT 128, e.g., as a complex with SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man9 glycan, as determined by crystallographic techniques, and to the confirmation that SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man glycan has a functional relevant conformation, as well as to the determination of key residues on PGT 127 or PGT 128. As likewise discussed herein, the present invention thus provides a means for identifying or designing compounds, such as peptides or derivatized peptides (e.g., glycosylated peptides) that bind to the antibody (such as, for example, SEQ ID NO: 1). Similarly, the present invention also provides a means for identifying or designing compounds that bind to the SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man or Man-rich glycan binding domains in the antibody. The design of these compounds that act as an immunogen is based on the crystal structure described herein. These compounds, when administered, elicit anti-HIV antibodies. The compounds may then be used in diagnostic, pharmaceutical, immunogenic, immunological or vaccine compositions. These compositions are useful in the detection or treatment and/or prevention of HIV infections. And, antibodies
elicited by such compounds also can be used in diagnostic or pharmaceutical, immunogenic, immunological or vaccine compositions.
[0045]
[0046] The invention still further relates to nucleic acid sequences expressing SEQ ID NO: 1, or homologues, variants or derivatives thereof. One of skill in the art will know, recognize and understand techniques used to create such. Additionally, one of skill in the art will be able to incorporate such a nucleic acid sequence into an appropriate vector, allowing for production of the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or a homologue, variant or derivative thereof. In particular, SEQ ID NO: 1 may further comprise glycans, advantageously Man8/9GlcNAc2 and/or Man8/9GlcNAc2. Man8/9GlcNAc2 may be attached to N332 and/or Man8/9GlcNAc2 may be attached to N301. Other glycan binding sites include, but are not limited to, N295 and N392 on the V3 loop or a corresponding position thereto. Other glycans that are contemplated include, but are not limited to, Man8, Mang or Man - oligodendrons, mannose-rich (Man-rich) glycans and modified non-natural glycan that mimic Man glycans.
[0047] Glycan microarray analysis (Consortium for Functional Glycomics, CFG, v 5.0) previously revealed that PGT MAbs 125, 126, 127, 128, and 130 contact Man8 (313), Man8GlcNAc2 (193), Man9 (314) and Man9GlcNAc2 (194) glycans directly. PGT-131 showed no detectable binding to the CFG glycan array but bound to Mang-oligodendrons.
[0048] Additional glycans that bind broadly neutralizing antibodies may be identified by glycan microarray analysis. Monoclonal antibodies may be screened on a printed glycan microarray version 5.0 from the Consortium for Functional Glycomics (CFG) as described previously (Blixt, O., et al. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 101, 17033-17038 (2004)). Antibodies are used at a concentration of 30 μg/ml and were precomplexed with 15 μg/ml secondary antibody (goat-anti-human-Fc-rPE, Jackson Immunoresearch) before addition to the slide. Complete glycan array data sets for all antibodies may be found at www.functionalglycomics.org in the CFG data archive under "cfg_rRequest_2250".
[0049] Where used herein and unless specifically indicated otherwise, the following terms are intended to have the following meanings in addition to any broader (or narrower) meanings the terms might enjoy in the art:
[0050] The term "isolated" or "non-naturally occurring" is used herein to indicate that the isolated moiety (e.g. peptide or compound) exists in a physical milieu distinct from that in which it occurs in nature. For example, the isolated peptide may be substantially isolated with respect to the complex cellular milieu in which it naturally occurs. The absolute level of purity is not critical, and those skilled in the art can readily determine appropriate levels of purity according to the use to which the peptide is to be put. The term "isolating" when used a step in a process is to be interpreted accordingly.
[0051] In many circumstances, the isolated moiety will form part of a composition (for example a more or less crude extract containing many other molecules and substances), buffer system, matrix or excipient, which may for example contain other components (including proteins, such as albumin).
[0052] In other circumstances, the isolated moiety may be purified to essential homogeneity, for example as determined by PAGE or column chromatography (for example HPLC or mass spectrometry). In preferred embodiments, the isolated peptide or nucleic acid of the invention is essentially the sole peptide or nucleic acid in a given composition.
[0053] The proteins and compounds of the invention need not be isolated in the sense defined above, however.
[0054] The term "pharmaceutical composition" is used herein to define a solid or liquid composition in a form, concentration and level of purity suitable for administration to a patient (e.g. a human patient) upon which administration it can elicit the desired physiological changes. The terms "immunogenic composition" and "immunological composition" and "immunogenic or immunological composition" cover any composition that elicits an immune response against the targeted pathogen, HIV. Terms such as "vaccinal composition" and "vaccine" and "vaccine composition" cover any composition that induces a protective immune response against the targeted pathogen or which efficaciously protects against the pathogen; for instance, after administration or injection, elicits a protective immune response against the targeted pathogen or provides efficacious protection against the pathogen. Accordingly, an immunogenic or immunological composition induces an immune response, which can, but need not, be a protective immune response. An immunogenic or immunological composition can be used in the treatment of individuals infected with the pathogen, e.g., to stimulate an immune response against the pathogen, such as by stimulating
antibodies against the pathogen. Thus, an immunogenic or immunological composition can be a pharmaceutical composition. Furthermore, when the text speaks of "immunogen, antigen or epitope", an immunogen can be an antigen or an epitope of an antigen. A diagnostic composition is a composition containing a compound or antibody, e.g., a labeled compound or antibody, that is used for detecting the presence in a sample, such as a biological sample, e.g., blood, semen, vaginal fluid, etc, of an antibody that binds to the compound or an immunogen, antigen or epitope that binds to the antibody; for instance, an anti-HIV antibody or an HIV immunogen, antigen or epitope.
[0055] A "binding site" can be a site (such as an atom, a functional group of an amino acid residue or a plurality of such atoms and/or groups) in a binding cavity or region, which may bind to a compound such as a candidate immunogen, antigen or epitope, protein, peptide, derivatized protein or peptide, or compound. An "active site" can be a site (such as an atom, a functional group of an amino acid residue or a plurality of such atoms and/or groups) in a binding cavity or region, which is/are involved in binding.
[0056] By "fitting", is meant determining by automatic, or semi-automatic means, interactions between one or more atoms of a candidate molecule and at least one atom of a structure of the invention, and calculating the extent to which such interactions are stable. Interactions include attraction and repulsion, brought about by charge, steric considerations and the like. Various computer-based methods for fitting are described further herein.
[0057] By a "computer system", we mean the hardware means, software means and data storage means used to analyse atomic coordinate data. The minimum hardware means of the computer-based systems of the present invention typically comprises a central processing unit (CPU), input means, output means and data storage means. Desirably a monitor is provided to visualize structure data. The data storage means may be RAM or means for accessing computer readable media of the invention. Examples of such systems are Linux and Mac OS X workstations.
[0058] By "computer readable media", we mean any medium or media, which can be read and accessed directly by a computer e.g. so that the media is suitable for use in the above-mentioned computer system. Such media include, but are not limited to: hard disc storage medium ; optical storage media such as optical discs or CD-ROM and electrical storage media such as RAM and ROM.
[0059] A "conservative amino acid change" is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g. lysine, arginine and histidine), acidic side chains (e.g. aspartic acid and glutamic acid), non-charged amino acids or polar side chains (e.g. glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine and cysteine), non-polar side chains (e.g. alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine and tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g. threonine, valine and isoleucine), and aromatic side chains (e.g. tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan and histidine).
[0060] Thus, references herein to proteins and peptides that are to some defined extent "identical" (or which share a defined extent of "identity") with a reference protein or peptide may also optionally be interpreted to include proteins and peptides in which conservative amino acid changes are disregarded so that the original amino acid and its changed counterpart are regarded as identical for the purposes of sequence comparisons. Accordingly, the invention can comprehend proteins or peptides and the use thereof having conservative amino acid changes as to SEQ ID NO: 1, so long as the three dimensional structure, as defined herein, is maintained, e.g., so that there is binding/complexing with a PGT or PG antibody, advantageously PGT 127 or PGT 128.
[0061] The terms "protein", "peptide", "polypeptide", and "amino acid sequence" are used interchangeably herein to refer to polymers of amino acid residues of any length. The polymer may be linear or branched, it may comprise modified amino acids or amino acid analogs, and it may be interrupted by chemical moieties other than amino acids. The terms also encompass an amino acid polymer that has been modified naturally or by intervention; for example disulfide bond formation, glycosylation, lipidation, acetylation, phosphorylation, or any other manipulation or modification, such as conjugation with a labeling or bioactive component.
[0062] As used herein, the terms "antigen" or "immunogen" are used interchangeably to refer to a substance, typically a protein, which is capable of inducing an immune response in a subject. The term also refers to proteins that are immunologically active in the sense that once administered to a subject (either directly or by administering to the subject a nucleotide
sequence or vector that encodes the protein) is able to evoke an immune response of the humoral and/or cellular type directed against that protein.
[0063] The term "antibody" includes intact molecules as well as fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab')2, Fv and scFv which are capable of binding the epitope determinant. These antibody fragments retain some ability to selectively bind with its antigen or receptor and include, for example:
a. Fab, the fragment which contains a monovalent antigen-binding fragment of an antibody molecule can be produced by digestion of whole antibody with the enzyme papain to yield an intact light chain and a portion of one heavy chain;
b. Fab', the fragment of an antibody molecule can be obtained by treating whole antibody with pepsin, followed by reduction, to yield an intact light chain and a portion of the heavy chain; two Fab' fragments are obtained per antibody molecule;
c. F(ab')2, the fragment of the antibody that can be obtained by treating whole antibody with the enzyme pepsin without subsequent reduction; F(ab')2 is a dimer of two Fab' fragments held together by two disulfide bonds;
d. scFv, including a genetically engineered fragment containing the variable region of a heavy and a light chain as a fused single chain molecule.
[0064] General methods of making these fragments are known in the art. (See for example, Harlow and Lane, Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, New York (1988), which is incorporated herein by reference). Fabs, Fv and scFV may also be made recombinantly, i.e. expressed as Fab, Fv or scFV rather than cleaving an intact IgG.
[0065] A "neutralizing antibody" may inhibit the entry of HIV-1 virus for example SF162 and/or JR-CSF with a neutralization index >1.5 or >2.0. Broad and potent neutralizing antibodies may neutralize greater than about 50% of HIV-1 viruses (from diverse clades and different strains within a clade) in a neutralization assay. The inhibitory concentration of the monoclonal antibody may be less than about 25 mg/ml to neutralize about 50% of the input virus in the neutralization assay.
[0066] An "isolated antibody" or "non-naturally occurring antibody" is one that has been separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are materials that would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses for the antibody, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other proteinaceous or nonproteinaceous solutes. In preferred embodiments, the antibody is purified: (1) to greater than 95% by weight of antibody as determined by the Lowry method, and most preferably more than 99% by weight; (2) to a degree sufficient to obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator; or (3) to homogeneity by SDS-PAGE under reducing or non-reducing conditions using Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain. Isolated antibody includes the antibody in situ within recombinant cells since at least one component of the antibody's natural environment will not be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated antibody will be prepared by at least one purification step.
[0067] The term "monoclonal antibody" as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations that include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. In addition to their specificity, the monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they may be synthesized uncontaminated by other antibodies. The modifier "monoclonal" is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies useful in the present invention may be prepared by the hybridoma methodology first described by Kohler et al, Nature, 256:495 (1975), or may be made using recombinant DNA methods in bacterial, eukaryotic animal or plant cells (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567). The "monoclonal antibodies" may also be isolated from phage antibody libraries using the techniques described in Clackson et al, Nature, 352:624-628 (1991) and Marks et al, J. Mol. Biol, 222:581-597 (1991), for example.
[0068] An "antibody fragment" comprises a portion of an intact antibody, preferably the antigen binding or variable region of the intact antibody. Examples of antibody fragments
include Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, scFV and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870; Zapata et al, Protein Eng. 8(10): 1057-1062 [1995]); single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
[0069] It should be understood that the proteins, including the antibodies of the invention may differ from the exact sequences illustrated and described herein. Thus, the invention contemplates deletions, additions and substitutions to the sequences shown, so long as the sequences function in accordance with the methods of the invention. In this regard, particularly preferred substitutions will generally be conservative in nature, i.e., those substitutions that take place within a family of amino acids. For example, amino acids are generally divided into four families: (1) acidic— aspartate and glutamate; (2) basic— lysine, arginine, histidine; (3) non-polar— alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan; and (4) uncharged polar— glycine, asparagine, glutamine, cysteine, serine threonine, tyrosine. Phenylalanine, tryptophan, and tyrosine are sometimes classified as aromatic amino acids. It is reasonably predictable that an isolated or non-naturally occurring replacement of leucine with isoleucine or valine, or vice versa; an aspartate with a glutamate or vice versa; a threonine with a serine or vice versa; or a similar conservative replacement of an amino acid with a structurally related amino acid, will not have a major effect on the biological activity. Proteins having substantially the same amino acid sequence as the sequences illustrated and described but possessing minor amino acid substitutions that do not substantially affect the immunogenicity of the protein are, therefore, within the scope of the invention.
[0070] As used herein the terms "nucleotide sequences" and "nucleic acid sequences" refer to deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) or ribonucleic acid (RNA) sequences, including, without limitation, messenger RNA (mRNA), DNA/RNA hybrids, or synthetic nucleic acids. The nucleic acid can be single-stranded, or partially or completely double-stranded (duplex). Duplex nucleic acids can be homoduplex or heteroduplex.
[0071] As used herein the term "transgene" may used to refer to "recombinant" nucleotide sequences that may be derived from any of the nucleotide sequences encoding the proteins of the present invention. The term "recombinant" means a nucleotide sequence that has been manipulated "by man" and which does not occur in nature, or is linked to another nucleotide sequence or found in a different arrangement in nature. It is understood that
manipulated "by man" means manipulated by some artificial means, including by use of machines, codon optimization, restriction enzymes, etc.
[0072] For example, in one embodiment the nucleotide sequences may be mutated such that the activity of the encoded proteins in vivo is abrogated. In another embodiment the nucleotide sequences may be codon optimized, for example the codons may be optimized for human use. In preferred embodiments the nucleotide sequences of the invention are both mutated to abrogate the normal in vivo function of the encoded proteins, and codon optimized for human use. For example, each of the sequences of the invention, such as SEQ ID NO: 1, may be altered in these ways.
[0073] As regards codon optimization, the nucleic acid molecules of the invention have a nucleotide sequence that encodes the antigens of the invention and can be designed to employ codons that are used in the genes of the subject in which the antigen is to be produced. Many viruses, including HIV and other lentiviruses, use a large number of rare codons and, by altering these codons to correspond to codons commonly used in the desired subject, enhanced expression of the antigens can be achieved. In a preferred embodiment, the codons used are "humanized" codons, i.e., the codons are those that appear frequently in highly expressed human genes (Andre et al, J. Virol. 72: 1497-1503, 1998) instead of those codons that are frequently used by HIV. Such codon usage provides for efficient expression of the transgenic HIV proteins in human cells. Any suitable method of codon optimization may be used. Such methods, and the selection of such methods, are well known to those of skill in the art. In addition, there are several companies that will optimize codons of sequences, such as Geneart (geneart.com). Thus, the nucleotide sequences of the invention can readily be codon optimized.
[0074] The invention further encompasses nucleotide sequences encoding functionally and/or antigenically equivalent variants and derivatives of the antigens of the invention and functionally equivalent fragments thereof. These functionally equivalent variants, derivatives, and fragments display the ability to retain antigenic activity. For instance, changes in a DNA sequence that do not change the encoded amino acid sequence, as well as those that result in conservative substitutions of amino acid residues, one or a few amino acid deletions or additions, and substitution of amino acid residues by amino acid analogs are those which will not significantly affect properties of the encoded polypeptide. Conservative
amino acid substitutions are glycine/alanine; valine/isoleucine/leucine; asparagine/glutamine; aspartic acid/glutamic acid; serine/threonine/methionine; lysine/arginine; and phenylalanine/tyrosine/tryptophan. In one embodiment, the variants have at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98% or at least 99% homology or identity to the antigen, epitope, immunogen, peptide or polypeptide of interest.
[0075] For the purposes of the present invention, sequence identity or homology is determined by comparing the sequences when aligned so as to maximize overlap and identity while minimizing sequence gaps. In particular, sequence identity may be determined using any of a number of mathematical algorithms. A nonlimiting example of a mathematical algorithm used for comparison of two sequences is the algorithm of Karlin & Altschul, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1990; 87: 2264-2268, modified as in Karlin & Altschul, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1993;90: 5873-5877.
[0076] Another example of a mathematical algorithm used for comparison of sequences is the algorithm of Myers & Miller, CABIOS 1988;4: 11-17. Such an algorithm is incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0) which is part of the GCG sequence alignment software package. When utilizing the ALIGN program for comparing amino acid sequences, a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12, and a gap penalty of 4 can be used. Yet another useful algorithm for identifying regions of local sequence similarity and alignment is the FASTA algorithm as described in Pearson & Lipman, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 1988; 85: 2444-2448.
[0077] Advantageous for use according to the present invention is the WU-BLAST (Washington University BLAST) version 2.0 software. WU-BLAST version 2.0 executable programs for several UNIX platforms can be downloaded from ftp://blast.wustl.edu/blast/executables. This program is based on WU-BLAST version 1.4, which in turn is based on the public domain NCBI-BLAST version 1.4 (Altschul & Gish, 1996, Local alignment statistics, Doolittle ed., Methods in Enzymology 266: 460-480; Altschul et al, Journal of Molecular Biology 1990; 215: 403-410; Gish & States, 1993;Nature Genetics 3: 266-272; Karlin & Altschul, 1993;Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 5873-5877; all of which are incorporated by reference herein).
[0078] The various recombinant nucleotide sequences and antibodies of the invention are made using standard recombinant DNA and cloning techniques. Such techniques are well known to those of skill in the art. See for example, "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", second edition (Sambrook et al. 1989).
[0079] The nucleotide sequences of the present invention may be inserted into "vectors." The term "vector" is widely used and understood by those of skill in the art, and as used herein the term "vector" is used consistent with its meaning to those of skill in the art. For example, the term "vector" is commonly used by those skilled in the art to refer to a vehicle that allows or facilitates the transfer of nucleic acid molecules from one environment to another or that allows or facilitates the manipulation of a nucleic acid molecule.
[0080] Any vector that allows expression of the antibodies of the present invention may be used in accordance with the present invention. In certain embodiments, the antibodies of the present invention may be used in vitro (such as using cell-free expression systems) and/or in cultured cells grown in vitro in order to produce the encoded HIV- antibodies, which may then be used for various applications such as in the production of proteinaceous vaccines. For such applications, any vector that allows expression of the antibodies in vitro and/or in cultured cells may be used.
[0081] For applications where it is desired that the antibodies be expressed in vivo, for example when the transgenes of the invention are used in DNA or DNA-containing vaccines, any vector that allows for the expression of the antibodies of the present invention and is safe for use in vivo may be used. In preferred embodiments the vectors used are safe for use in humans, mammals and/or laboratory animals.
[0082] For the antibodies of the present invention to be expressed, the protein coding sequence should be "operably linked" to regulatory or nucleic acid control sequences that direct transcription and translation of the protein. As used herein, a coding sequence and a nucleic acid control sequence or promoter are said to be "operably linked" when they are covalently linked in such a way as to place the expression or transcription and/or translation of the coding sequence under the influence or control of the nucleic acid control sequence. The "nucleic acid control sequence" can be any nucleic acid element, such as, but not limited to promoters, enhancers, IRES, introns, and other elements described herein that direct the expression of a nucleic acid sequence or coding sequence that is operably linked thereto. The
term "promoter" will be used herein to refer to a group of transcriptional control modules that are clustered around the initiation site for R A polymerase II and that when operationally linked to the protein coding sequences of the invention lead to the expression of the encoded protein. The expression of the transgenes of the present invention can be under the control of a constitutive promoter or of an inducible promoter, which initiates transcription only when exposed to some particular external stimulus, such as, without limitation, antibiotics such as tetracycline, hormones such as ecdysone, or heavy metals. The promoter can also be specific to a particular cell-type, tissue or organ. Many suitable promoters and enhancers are known in the art, and any such suitable promoter or enhancer may be used for expression of the transgenes of the invention. For example, suitable promoters and/or enhancers can be selected from the Eukaryotic Promoter Database (EPDB).
[0083] The vectors used in accordance with the present invention should typically be chosen such that they contain a suitable gene regulatory region, such as a promoter or enhancer, such that the antibodies of the invention can be expressed.
[0084] For example, when the aim is to express the antibodies of the invention in vitro, or in cultured cells, or in any prokaryotic or eukaryotic system for the purpose of producing the protein(s) encoded by that antibody, then any suitable vector can be used depending on the application. For example, plasmids, viral vectors, bacterial vectors, protozoal vectors, insect vectors, baculovirus expression vectors, yeast vectors, mammalian cell vectors, and the like, can be used. Suitable vectors can be selected by the skilled artisan taking into consideration the characteristics of the vector and the requirements for expressing the antibodies under the identified circumstances.
[0085] In an advantageous embodiment, IgGl and Fab expression vectors may be utilized to reconstitute heavy and light chain constant regions if heavy and light chain genes of the antibodies of the present invention are cloned.
[0086] When the aim is to express the antibodies of the invention in vivo in a subject, for example in order to generate an immune response against an HIV-1 antigen and/or protective immunity against HIV-1, expression vectors that are suitable for expression on that subject, and that are safe for use in vivo, should be chosen. For example, in some embodiments it may be desired to express the antibodies of the invention in a laboratory animal, such as for pre-clinical testing of the HIV-1 immunogenic compositions and vaccines of the invention.
In other embodiments, it will be desirable to express the antibodies of the invention in human subjects, such as in clinical trials and for actual clinical use of the immunogenic compositions and vaccine of the invention. Any vectors that are suitable for such uses can be employed, and it is well within the capabilities of the skilled artisan to select a suitable vector. In some embodiments it may be preferred that the vectors used for these in vivo applications are attenuated to vector from amplifying in the subject. For example, if plasmid vectors are used, preferably they will lack an origin of replication that functions in the subject so as to enhance safety for in vivo use in the subject. If viral vectors are used, preferably they are attenuated or replication-defective in the subject, again, so as to enhance safety for in vivo use in the subject.
[0087] In preferred embodiments of the present invention viral vectors are used. Viral expression vectors are well known to those skilled in the art and include, for example, viruses such as adenoviruses, adeno-associated viruses (AAV), alphaviruses, herpesviruses, retroviruses and poxviruses, including avipox viruses, attenuated poxviruses, vaccinia viruses, and particularly, the modified vaccinia Ankara virus (MVA; ATCC Accession No. VR-1566). Such viruses, when used as expression vectors are innately non-pathogenic in the selected subjects such as humans or have been modified to render them non-pathogenic in the selected subjects. For example, replication-defective adenoviruses and alphaviruses are well known and can be used as gene delivery vectors.
[0088] The nucleotide sequences and vectors of the invention can be delivered to cells, for example if the aim is to express the HIV-1 antigens in cells in order to produce and isolate the expressed proteins, such as from cells grown in culture. For expressing the antibodies in cells any suitable transfection, transformation, or gene delivery methods can be used. Such methods are well known by those skilled in the art, and one of skill in the art would readily be able to select a suitable method depending on the nature of the nucleotide sequences, vectors, and cell types used. For example, transfection, transformation, microinjection, infection, electroporation, lipofection, or liposome -mediated delivery could be used. Expression of the antibodies can be carried out in any suitable type of host cells, such as bacterial cells, yeast, insect cells, and mammalian cells. The antibodies of the invention can also be expressed using including in vitro transcription/translation systems. All of such methods are well known by those skilled in the art, and one of skill in the art would
readily be able to select a suitable method depending on the nature of the nucleotide sequences, vectors, and cell types used.
[0089] The synthetic SEQ ID NO: 1 described herein may be chemically synthesized in whole or part using techniques that are well-known in the art (see, e.g., Kochendoerfer, G. G., 2001). Additionally, homologs and derivatives of the polypeptide may be also be synthesized.
[0090] Alternatively, methods which are well known to those skilled in the art can be used to construct expression vectors containing nucleic acid molecules that encode the polypeptide or homologs or derivatives thereof under appropriate transcriptional/translational control signals, for expression. These methods include in vitro recombinant DNA techniques, synthetic techniques and in vivo recombination/genetic recombination. See, for example, the techniques described in Maniatis et al, 1989.
[0091] The crystals of the invention can be obtained by conventional means as are well- known in the art of protein crystallography, including batch, liquid bridge, dialysis, vapor diffusion and hanging drop methods (see, e.g., McPherson, 1982; McPherson, 1990; Webber, 1991). Generally, the crystals of the invention are grown by combining substantially pure PGT 127 or PGT 128 and compound (e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1 or polypeptide eODmV3 in example, but other compounds may be used to test if such compounds form crystals analogous to those disclosed herein) in an aqueous buffer containing a precipitant at a concentration just below that necessary to precipitate the protein. Water is removed by controlled evaporation to produce precipitating conditions, which are maintained until crystal growth ceases.
[0092] The crystals of the invention, and particularly the atomic structure co-ordinates obtained therefrom, have a wide variety of uses. The crystals and structure co-ordinates are particularly useful for identifying compounds that bind to PGT 127 or PGT 128 and thus are useful to elicit anti-HIV antibodies.
[0093] The structure co-ordinates described herein can be used as phasing models in determining the crystal structures of additional synthetic or mutated PGT 127 or PGT 128 domains, as well as the structures of co-crystals of such domains with ligands.
[0094] The provision of the crystal structure of PGT 127 or PGT 128 complexed with eODmV3 or Man glycan in Table SI and the Figures provide the skilled artisan with a
detailed insight into the mechanisms of action of PGT 127 or PGT 128. This insight provides a means to design compounds that bind to PGT 127 or PGT 128 and thus to certain anti-HIV antibodies, and therefore compounds that elicit anti-HIV antibodies, which are useful in diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of HIV in an individual in need thereof.
[0095] The provision of the crystal structure of PGT 127 or PGT 128 complexed with eODmV3 or Man or Man-rich glycans or and modified non-natural glycan that mimic Man glycans allows a novel approach for drug or compound discovery, identification, and design for compounds that bind to to PGT 127 or PGT 128 and thus to anti-HIV antibodies, and therefore compounds that elicit anti-HIV antibodies, which are useful in diagnosis, treatment, or prevention of HIV in an individual in need thereof. Accordingly, the invention provides a computer-based method of rational drug or compound design or identification which comprises: providing the structure of the PGT 127 or PGT 128 complex as defined by the coordinates or the identifying co-ordinates in Table SI and/or in the Figures; providing a structure of a candidate compound; and fitting the structure of the candidate to the structure of PGT 127 or PGT 128 of Table SI and the Figures.
[0096] In an alternative aspect, the method may use the co-ordinates of atoms of interest of PGT 127 or PGT 128, which are in the vicinity of the active site or binding region in order to model the pocket in which the substrate or ligand binds. These co-ordinates may be used to define a space which is then screened "in silico" against a candidate molecule. Thus, the invention provides a computer-based method of rational drug or compound design or identification which comprises: providing the co-ordinates of at least two atoms of Table SI ("selected co-ordinates"); providing the structure of a candidate compound; and fitting the structure of the candidate to the selected coordinates.
[0097] In practice, it may be desirable to model a sufficient number of atoms of PGT 127 or PGT 128 as defined by the co-ordinates of Table SI, which represent the active site or binding region. Thus, there can be provided the co-ordinates of at least 5, advantageously at least 10, more advantageously at least 50 and even more advantageously at least 100 atoms of the structure. Accordingly, the methods of the invention can employ a sub-domain of interest of PGT 127 or PGT 128 which is in the vicinity of the active site or binding region, and the invention can provide a computer-based method for identifying or rationally designing a compound or drug which comprises: providing the co-ordinates of at least a sub-
domain of; providing the structure of a candidate modulator or inhibitor of PGT 127 or PGT 128; and fitting the structure of the candidate to the coordinates of the PGT 127 or PGT 128 sub-domain provided.
[0098] These methods can optionally include synthesizing the candidate and can optionally further include contacting the candidate with PGT 127 or PGT 128 to test whether there is binding and/or inhibition and/or administering the compound to an animal capable of eliciting antibodies and testing whether the compound elicits anti-HIV antibodies. Compounds which elicit anti-HIV antibodies are useful for diagnostic purposes, as well as for immunogenic, immunological or even vaccine compositions, as well as pharmaceutical compositions.
[0099] The present invention may also be extrapolated to crystallizing other complexes of broadly neutralizing antibodies and compositions that bind to such broadly neutralizing antibodies including, for example, compositions that contain SEQ ID NO: 1. One of skill in the art may utilize the teachings of the present invention to crystallize such a complex, identify a binding region and design a compound that fit the coordinates of the binding region and testing the compound to determine if the compound elicits anti-HIV antibodies.
[00100] "Fitting" can mean determining, by automatic or semi-automatic means, interactions between at least one atom of the candidate and at least one atom of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and calculating the extent to which such an interaction is stable. Interactions can include attraction, repulsion, brought about by charge, steric considerations, and the like. A "sub-domain" can mean at least one, e.g., one, two, three, or four, complete element(s) of secondary structure. Particular regions of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, include those identified in Table SI .
[00101] The step of providing the structure of a candidate molecule may involve selecting the compound by computationally screening a database of compounds for interaction with the active site. For example, a 3-D descriptor for the potential modulator may be derived, the descriptor including geometric and functional constraints derived from the architecture and chemical nature of the active site. The descriptor may then be used to interrogate the compound database, a potential modulator being a compound that has a good match to the features of the descriptor. In effect, the descriptor can be a type of virtual pharmacophore.
[00102] In any event, the determination of the three-dimensional structure of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, complex provides a basis for the design of new and specific compounds that bind to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and are useful for eliciting an immune response. For example, from knowing the three- dimensional structure of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, complex, computer modelling programs may be used to design or identify different molecules expected to interact with possible or confirmed active sites such as binding sites or other structural or functional features of A neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128. More specifically, a compound that potentially binds ("binder") to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, activity can be examined through the use of computer modeling using a docking program such as GRAM, DOCK or AUTODOCK (see Walters et al. Drug Discovery Today, vol. 3, no. 4 (1998), 160-178, and Dunbrack et al. Folding and Design 2 (1997), 27-42). This procedure can include computer fitting of potential binders to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, to ascertain how well the shape and the chemical structure of the potential binder will bind to the antibody.
[00103] Also, computer-assisted, manual examination of the active site or binding site of A neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, may be performed. The use of programs such as GRID (P. Goodford, J. Med. Chem., 1985, 28, 849-57)~program that determines probable interaction sites between molecules with various functional groups and the antibody—may also be used to analyze the active site or binding site to predict partial structures of binding compounds.
[00104] Computer programs can be employed to estimate the attraction, repulsion or steric hindrance of the two binding partners, e.g., a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and a candidate binder. Generally, the tighter the fit, the fewer the steric hindrances, and the greater the attractive forces, the more potent the potential binder, since these properties are consistent with a tighter binding constant. Furthermore, the more specificity in the design of a candidate binder, the more likely it is that it will not interact with other proteins as well.
[00105] In a further aspect, the invention provides for a method for determining the structure of a binder of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, bound to A neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128,, said method comprising, (a) providing a crystal of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, according to the invention,
(b) soaking the crystal or another crystal with said binder; and (c) determining the structure of said neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, -binder complex. Such other crystal may have essentially the same coordinates discussed herein, however due to minor alterations in the polypeptide or sequence, the crystal may form in a different space group.
[00106] The invention further involves, in place of or in addition to in silico methods, high throughput screening of compounds to select compounds with binding activity. Those compounds which show binding activity may be selected as possible candidate binders, and further crystallized with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, e.g., by co- crystallization or by soaking, for X-ray analysis. The resulting X-ray structure may be compared with that of Table SI and the information in the Figures for a variety of purposes. For example, where the contacts made by such compounds overlap with those made by PGT 127 or PGT 128, novel molecules comprising residues which contain contacts of PGT 127 or PGT 128 and other compounds may be provided.
[00107] Having designed, identified, or selected possible binding candidate binders by determining those that have favorable fitting properties, e.g., strong attraction between a candidate and a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, these can then be screened for activity. Consequently, the invention further involves: obtaining or synthesizing the candidate modulator or inhibitor; and contacting the candidate binder with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, to determine the ability of the candidate to bind with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128. In the latter step, the candidate is advantageously contacted with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, under conditions to determine its function. Instead of, or in addition to, performing such an assay, the invention may comprise: obtaining or synthesizing the candidate modulator, forming a complex of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and the candidate, and analyzing the complex, e.g., by X-ray diffraction or NMR or EM or other means, to determine the ability of the candidate to interact with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128. Detailed structural information can then be obtained about the binding of the candidate to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and in light of this information, adjustments can be made to the structure or functionality of the potential modulator, e.g., to improve its binding to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128. These steps may be repeated and re-repeated as necessary. Alternatively or additionally,
potential binders can be administered to an animal capable of eliciting an antibody response, to ascertain whether the potential binder elicits anti-HIV antibodies.
[00108] The invention further involves a method of determining three-dimensional structures of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man9 glycan homologues of unknown structure by using the structural coordinates of Table SI and the information in the Figures. For example, if X-ray crystallographic or NMR spectroscopic data are provided for a PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man9 glycan homologue of unknown structure, the structure of PGT 127 or PGT 128 complex as defined in Table SI and the Figures may be used to interpret that data to provide a likely structure for the PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1 , eODmV3 or Man9 glycan homologue by techniques well known in the art, e.g., by phase modeling in the case of X-ray crystallography. Thus, an inventive method can comprise: aligning a representation of an amino acid sequence of a PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man9 or Man-rich glycan homologue or modified non- natural glycan that mimic Man glycans of unknown structure with the amino acid sequence of PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1 , eODmV3 or Man9 or Man-rich glycan to match homologous regions of the amino acid sequences; modeling the structure of the matched homologous regions of the PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man9 or Man-rich glycan or modified non-natural glycan that mimic Man glycans of unknown structure on the structure as defined in Table SI and/or in the Figures of the corresponding regions of PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man9 or Man-rich glycan or modified non-natural glycan that mimic Man glycans and, determining a conformation (e.g. so that favorable interactions are formed within the PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man9 or Man-rich glycan of unknown structure pr modified non-natural glycan that mimic Man glycans so that a low energy conformation is formed) for the PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man9 glycan of unknown structure which substantially preserves the structure of said matched homologous regions. "Homologous regions" describes amino acid residues in two sequences that are identical or have similar, e.g., aliphatic, aromatic, polar, negatively charged, or positively charged, side-chain chemical groups. Identical and similar residues in homologous regions are sometimes described as being respectively "invariant" and "conserved" by those skilled in
the art. Advantageously, the first and third steps are performed by computer modeling. Homology modeling is a technique that is well known to those skilled in the art (see, e.g., Greer, 1985; and Blundell et al. 1988).
[00109] In general, comparison of amino acid sequences is accomplished by aligning an amino acid sequence of a polypeptide of a known structure with the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide of unknown structure. Amino acids in the sequences are then compared and groups of amino acids that are homologous are grouped together. This method detects conserved regions of the polypeptides and accounts for amino acid insertions and deletions. Homology between amino acid sequences can be determined by using commercially available algorithms (see also the description of homology above). In addition to those otherwise mentioned herein, mention is made too of the programs BLAST, gapped BLAST, BLASTN, BLASTP, and PSI-BLAST, provided by the National Center for Biotechnology Information. These programs are widely used in the art for this purpose and can align homologous regions of two amino acid sequences.
[00110] Once the amino acid sequence of the polypeptides with known and unknown structures are aligned, the structures of the conserved amino acids in a computer representation of the polypeptide with known structure are transferred to the corresponding amino acids of the polypeptide whose structure is unknown. For example, a tyrosine in the amino acid sequence of known structure may be replaced by a phenylalanine, the corresponding homologous amino acid in the amino acid sequence of unknown structure. The structures of amino acids located in non-conserved regions may be assigned manually using standard peptide geometries or by molecular simulation techniques, such as molecular dynamics. Refining the entire structure can be by molecular dynamics and/or energy minimization.
[00111] The aspects of the invention which employ the PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or eODmV3 or Man or Man-rich glycan or modified non-natural glycan that mimic Man glycans structure in silico may be equally applied to homologue models of PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Ma¾ glycan obtained by the above aspect of the invention and this forms yet a further embodiment of the invention. Thus, having determined a conformation of a PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man9 or Man- rich glycan or modified non-natural glycan that mimic Man glycans by the methods
described herein, such a conformation may be used in a computer-based method of rational drug or compound design or identification as described herein.
[00112] The invention further provides a method for determining the structure of a binder of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, bound to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, comprising: providing a crystal a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, e.g., according to the invention, soaking the crystal with the binder, and determining the structure of the a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128,- binder complex. Alternatively or additionally, a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and the binder may be cocrystallized.
[00113] The invention further provides systems, such as computer systems, intended to generate structures and/or perform rational drug or compound design for a a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, or complex of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and a potential binder. The system can contain: atomic co-ordinate data according to Table S 1 and the Figures or derived therefrom by homology modeling, said data defining the three-dimensional structure of a PGT 127 or PGT 128 or at least one sub-domain thereof; or structure factor data for PGT 127 or PGT 128, said structure factor data being derivable from the atomic co-ordinate data of Table SI and the Figures. The invention also involves computer readable media with: atomic coordinate data according to Table SI and/or the Figures or derived therefrom by homology modeling, said data defining the three- dimensional structure of a PGT 127 or PGT 128 or at least one sub-domain thereof; or structure factor data for PGT 127 or PGT 128, said structure factor data being derivable from the atomic co-ordinate data of Table SI and/or the Figures.
[00114] "Computer readable media" refers to any media which can be read and accessed directly by a computer, and includes, but is not limited to: magnetic storage media such as floppy discs, hard storage medium and magnetic tape; optical storage media such as optical discs or CD-ROM; electrical storage media such as RAM and ROM; and hybrids of these categories, such as magnetic/optical media. By providing such computer readable media, the atomic co-ordinate data can be routinely accessed to model PGT 127 or PGT 128 or a sub- domain thereof. For example RASMOL (Sayle et al, TIBS vol. 20 (1995), 374) is a publicly available software package, which allows access and analysis of atomic coordinate data for structural determination and/or rational drug design. The invention further comprehends
methods of doing business by providing access to such computer readable media and/or computer systems and/or atomic co-ordinate data to users; e.g., the media and/or atomic coordinate data can be accessible to a user, for instance on a subscription basis, via the Internet or a global communication/computer network; or, the computer system can be available to a user, on a subscription basis. Structure factor data, which are derivable from atomic coordinate data (see, e.g., Blundell et al, in Protein Crystallography, Academic Press, NY, London and San Francisco (1976)), are particularly useful for calculating electron density maps, e.g., difference Fourier electron density maps. Thus, there are additional uses for the computer readable media and/or computer systems and/or atomic co-ordinate data and additional reasons to provide them to users. A "computer system" refers to the hardware means, software means and data storage means used to analyze the atomic co-ordinate data of the present invention. The minimum hardware means of computer-based systems of the invention may comprise a central processing unit (CPU), input means, output means, and data storage means. Desirably, a monitor is provided to visualize structure data. The data storage means may be RAM or other means for accessing computer readable media of the invention.
[00115] Accordingly, the invention further comprehends methods of transmitting information obtained in any method or step thereof described herein or any information described herein, e.g., via telecommunications, telephone, mass communications, mass media, presentations, interne, email, etc.
[00116] The invention also provides a method of analyzing a complex of PGT 127 or PGT 128 and a potential binder comprising: employing X-ray crystallographic diffraction data from the complex and a three-dimensional structure of PGT 127 or PGT 128 or at least a sub- domain thereof, to generate a Fourier electron density map of the complex; advantageously, the three-dimensional structure being as defined by the atomic co-ordinate data according to Table SI and/or the Figures.
[00117] Such complexes can be crystallized and analyzed using X-ray diffraction methods, e.g., according to the approaches described by Greer et al, 1994, and Fourier electron density maps can be calculated based on X-ray diffraction patterns of soaked or co- crystallized a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and the solved structure of uncomplexed a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128,. These maps can then be
used to determine whether and where a particular potential binder binds to PGT 127 or PGT 128 and/or changes the conformation of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128. Electron density maps can be calculated using programs such as those from the CCP4 computer package (Collaborative Computing Project, No. 4. The CCP4 Suite: Programs for Protein Crystallography, Acta Crystallographica, D50, 1994, 760-763). For map visualization and model building programs such as "QUANTA" (1994, San Diego, Calif : Molecular Simulations, Jones et al, 1991) can be used.
[00118] Table SI gives atomic co-ordinate data for PGT 127 or PGT 128 complexed with SEQ ID NO: 1, eODmV3 or Man glycan, and lists each atom by a unique number; the chemical element and its position for each amino acid residue (as determined by electron density maps and antibody sequence comparisons), the amino acid residue in which the element is located, the chain identifier, the number of the residue, coordinates (e.g., X, Y, Z) which define with respect to the crystallographic axes the atomic position (in .ANG.) of the respective atom, the occupancy of the atom in the respective position, "B", isotropic displacement parameter (in .ANG..sup.2), which accounts for movement of the atom around its atomic center, and atomic number. See also the text herein and the Figures.
[00119] Determination of the 3D structure of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, provides important information about the likely active/binding site(s) of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128. This information may be used for rational design of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, binders, e.g., by computational techniques that identify possible binding ligands for the active site(s), by enabling linked-fragment approaches to drug design, and by enabling the identification and location of bound ligands using analyses such as X-ray crystallographic analysis.
[00120] Greer et al, supra, relates to an iterative approach to ligand design based on repeated sequences of computer modeling, protein-ligand complex formation, and X-ray analysis. Thymidylate synthase inhibitors were designed by Greer; and, PGT 127 or PGT 128 binders may also be designed in this way. Using, for example, GRID (P. Goodford, 1985) or the solved 3D structure of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, a potential binder of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, may be designed that complements the functionalities of the a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, active site(s). The potential binder can be synthesized, formed into a complex with a
neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and the complex then analyzed, e.g., by X-ray crystallography, NMR or a combination thereof, to identify the actual position of the bound compound.
[00121] Determination of the position of the potential binder compound in the complex allows determination of the interactions of it with a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128. This allows the skilled artisan to analyze the affinity and specificity of the compound for a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, and to propose modifications to the compound to increase or decrease either or both of these properties. Thus, the structure and/or functional groups of the compound can then be adjusted, if necessary or desired, in view of the results from the analysis (e.g., X-ray analysis), and the synthesis and analysis sequence repeated until an optimized compound is obtained. Related approaches to structure -based drug and compound design are also discussed in other documents cited herein, as well as in Bohacek et al, 1996.
[00122] As a result of the determination of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, 3D structure, more purely computational techniques for rational drug and compound design may also be used to design neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, binders and hence compounds that elicit anti-HIV antibodies; for example, automated ligand-receptor docking programs (see Jones et al., 1995) which require accurate information on the atomic coordinates of target receptors, may be used to design or identify potential PGT 127 or PGT 128 binders.
[00123] Linked-fragment approaches to drug or compound design also require accurate information on the atomic co-ordinates of a target. Small compounds that have the potential to bind to regions of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, which in themselves may not be binder compounds may be assembled by chemical linkage to provide potential binders. Thus, the basic idea behind these approaches is to determine the binding locations of more than one, e.g., plural or a plurality of, ligands to a target molecule, and then construct a molecular scaffold to connect the ligands together in such a way that their relative binding positions are preserved. The ligands may be provided computationally and modeled in a computer system, or provided in an experimental setting, wherein crystals according to the invention are provided and more than one, e.g., plural or a plurality of, ligands soaked
separately or in mixed pools into the crystal prior to analysis, e.g., X-ray analysis, and determination of their location.
[00124] The binding site of two or more ligands are determined and may be connected to thus form a potential lead compound that can be further refined, e.g., the iterative technique of Greer et al. For a virtual linked- fragment approach, see Verlinde et al., 1992; and for NMR and X-ray approaches, see Skuker et al, 1996; and Stout et al, 1998. The use of these or other approaches to design and/or identify neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, binders and hence compounds that elicit anti-HIV antibodies is made possible by the determination of the PGT 127 or PGT 128 structure.
[00125] Many of the techniques and approaches to structure-based described herein employ X-ray analysis to identify the binding position of a potential modulator in a complex with a protein. A common way of doing this is to perform X-ray crystallography on the complex, produce a Fourier electron density map, and associate a particular pattern of electron density with the potential modulator. However, to produce a map (See Blundell et al., supra), it is important to know the 3D structure of the protein beforehand (or at least the protein structure factors). Therefore, determination of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, structure also allows difference Fourier electron density maps of complexes of neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, with a potential modulator to be produced, which can greatly assist in the process of rational compound and/or drug design or identification.
[00126] The approaches to structure -based drug or compound design or identification described herein involve initial identification of possible compounds for interaction with the target molecule (in this case PGT 127 or PGT 128), and thus elicit anti-HIV antibodies. Sometimes these compounds are known, e.g., from research literature. However, when they are not, or when novel compounds are wanted, a first stage of the drug or compound design or identification program may involve computer-based in silico screening of compound databases (such as the Cambridge Structural Database) with the aim of identifying compounds which interact with the active site or sites of the target bio-molecule (in this case PGT 127 or PGT 128). Screening selection criteria may be based on pharmacokinetic properties such as metabolic stability and toxicity. However, determination of a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, structure allows the architecture and chemical nature
of each neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, active site to be identified, which in turn allows the geometric and functional constraints of a descriptor for the potential binder to be derived. The descriptor can be, therefore, a type of virtual 3D pharmacophore, which can also be used as selection criteria or filter for database screening.
[00127] Compounds which have a chemical structure selected using the invention, wherein said compounds are neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, binders, form a further aspect of the invention; and, such compounds may be used in methods of medical treatments, such as for diagnosis, preventing or treating HIV or for eliciting antibodies for diagnosis of HIV, including use in vaccines. Further, such compounds may be used in the preparation of medicaments for such treatments or prevention, or compositions for diagnostic purposes. The compounds may be employed alone or in combination with other treatments, vaccines or preventatives; and, the compounds may be used in the preparation of combination medicaments for such treatments or prevention, or in kits containing the compound and the other treatment or preventative.
[00128] It is noted that these therapeutics can be a chemical compound, a composition comprising a polypeptide of the present invention and/or antibody elicited by such a chemical compound and/or portion thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or a composition comprising a polypeptide of the invention, and can be administered alone or as an active ingredient in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents, and vehicles, as well as other active ingredients.
[00129] The compounds or compositions can be administered orally, subcutaneously or parenterally including intravenous, intraarterial, intramuscular, intraperitoneally, and intranasal administration as well as intrathecal and infusion techniques.
[00130] It is noted that humans are treated generally longer than the mice or other experimental animals which treatment has a length proportional to the length of the disease process and drug effectiveness. The doses may be single doses or multiple doses over a period of several days, but single doses are preferred. Thus, one can scale up from animal experiments, e.g., rats, mice, and the like, to humans, by techniques from this disclosure and documents cited herein and the knowledge in the art, without undue experimentation.
[00131] The treatment generally has a length proportional to the length of the disease process and drug effectiveness and the patient being treated.
[00132] When administering a therapeutic of the present invention parenterally, it will generally be formulated in a unit dosage injectable form (solution, suspension, emulsion). The pharmaceutical formulations suitable for injection include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for reconstitution into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersing medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
[00133] Proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Nonaqueous vehicles such a cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil, soybean oil, corn oil, sunflower oil, or peanut oil and esters, such as isopropyl myristate, may also be used as solvent systems for compound compositions.
[00134] Additionally, various additives which enhance the stability, sterility, and isotonicity of the compositions, including antimicrobial preservatives, antioxidants, chelating agents, and buffers, can be added. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, and the like. In many cases, it will be desirable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, sodium chloride, and the like. Prolonged absorption of the injectable pharmaceutical form can be brought about by the use of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin. According to the present invention, however, any vehicle, diluent, or additive used would have to be compatible with the compounds.
[00135] Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the compounds utilized in practicing the present invention in the required amount of the appropriate solvent with various amounts of the other ingredients, as desired.
[00136] A pharmacological formulation of the present invention, e.g., comprising a therapeutic compound or polypeptide of the present invention, can be administered to the patient in an injectable formulation containing any compatible carrier, such as various vehicles, adjuvants, additives, and diluents; or the compounds utilized in the present invention can be administered parenterally to the patient in the form of slow-release subcutaneous implants or targeted delivery systems such as monoclonal antibodies, iontophoretic, polymer matrices, liposomes, and microspheres.
[00137] A pharmacological formulation of the compound and composition comprising a polypeptide utilized in the present invention can be administered orally to the patient. Conventional methods such as administering the compounds in tablets, suspensions, solutions, emulsions, capsules, powders, syrups and the like are usable. Known techniques, which deliver the compound orally or intravenously and retain the biological activity, are preferred.
[00138] In one embodiment, a formulation of the present invention can be administered initially, and thereafter maintained by further administration. For instance, a formulation of the invention can be administered in one type of composition and thereafter further administered in a different or the same type of composition. For example, a formulation of the invention can be administered by intravenous injection to bring blood levels to a suitable level. The patient's levels are then maintained by an oral dosage form, although other forms of administration, dependent upon the patient's condition, can be used. In the instance of a vaccine composition, the vaccine may be administered as a single dose, or the vaccine may incorporate set booster doses. For example, booster doses may comprise variants in order to provide protection against multiple clades of HIV.
[00139] The quantity to be administered will vary for the patient being treated and whether the administration is for treatment or prevention and will vary from a few micrograms to a few milligrams for an average 70 kg patient, e.g., 5 micrograms to 5 milligrams such as 500 micrograms, or about 100 ng/kg of body weight to 100 mg/kg of body weight per administration and preferably will be from 10 pg/kg to 10 mg/kg per administration. Typically, however, the antigen is present in an amount on, the order of micrograms to milligrams, or, about 0.001 to about 20 wt %, preferably about 0.01 to about 10 wt %, and most preferably about 0.05 to about 5 wt %.
[00140] Of course, for any composition to be administered to an animal or human, including the components thereof, and for any particular method of administration, it is preferred to determine therefor: toxicity, such as by determining the lethal dose (LD) and LD5o in a suitable animal model e.g., rodent such as mouse; and, the dosage of the composition(s), concentration of components therein and timing of administering the composition(s), which elicit a suitable immunological response, such as by titrations of sera and analysis thereof for antibodies or antigens, e.g., by ELISA and/or RFFIT analysis. Such
determinations do not require undue experimentation from the knowledge of the skilled artisan, this disclosure and the documents cited herein. And, the time for sequential administrations can be ascertained without undue experimentation. For instance, dosages can be readily ascertained by those skilled in the art from this disclosure and the knowledge in the art. Thus, the skilled artisan can readily determine the amount of compound and optional additives, vehicles, and/or carrier in compositions and to be administered in methods of the invention. Typically, an adjuvant or additive is commonly used as 0.001 to 50 wt % solution in phosphate buffered saline, and the active ingredient is present in the order of micrograms to milligrams, such as about 0.0001 to about 5 wt %, preferably about 0.0001 to about 1 wt %, most preferably about 0.0001 to about 0.05 wt % or about 0.001 to about 20 wt %, preferably about 0.01 to about 10 wt %, and most preferably about 0.05 to about 5 wt %. Such determinations do not require undue experimentation from the knowledge of the skilled artisan, this disclosure and the documents cited herein. And, the time for sequential administrations can be ascertained without undue experimentation.
[00141] Examples of compositions comprising a therapeutic of the invention include liquid preparations for orifice, e.g., oral, nasal, anal, vaginal, peroral, intragastric, mucosal (e.g., perlingual, alveolar, gingival, olfactory or respiratory mucosa) etc., administration such as suspensions, syrups or elixirs; and, preparations for parenteral, subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular or intravenous administration (e.g., injectable administration), such as sterile suspensions or emulsions. Such compositions may be in admixture with a suitable carrier, diluent, or excipient such as sterile water, physiological saline, glucose or the like. The compositions can also be lyophilized. The compositions can contain auxiliary substances such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering agents, gelling or viscosity enhancing additives, preservatives, flavoring agents, colors, and the like, depending upon the route of administration and the preparation desired. Standard texts, such as "REMINGTON'S PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCE", 17th edition, 1985, incorporated herein by reference, may be consulted to prepare suitable preparations, without undue experimentation.
[00142] Compositions of the invention, are conveniently provided as liquid preparations, e.g., isotonic aqueous solutions, suspensions, emulsions or viscous compositions which may be buffered to a selected pH. If digestive tract absorption is preferred, compositions of the invention can be in the "solid" form of pills, tablets, capsules, caplets and the like, including
"solid" preparations which are time -released or which have a liquid filling, e.g., gelatin covered liquid, whereby the gelatin is dissolved in the stomach for delivery to the gut. If nasal or respiratory (mucosal) administration is desired, compositions may be in a form and dispensed by a squeeze spray dispenser, pump dispenser or aerosol dispenser. Aerosols are usually under pressure by means of a hydrocarbon. Pump dispensers can preferably dispense a metered dose or, a dose having a particular particle size.
[00143] Compositions of the invention can contain pharmaceutically acceptable flavors and/or colors for rendering them more appealing, especially if they are administered orally. The viscous compositions may be in the form of gels, lotions, ointments, creams and the like (e.g., for transdermal administration) and will typically contain a sufficient amount of a thickening agent so that the viscosity is from about 2500 to 6500 cps, although more viscous compositions, even up to 10,000 cps may be employed. Viscous compositions have a viscosity preferably of 2500 to 5000 cps, since above that range they become more difficult to administer. However, above that range, the compositions can approach solid or gelatin forms, which are then easily administered as a swallowed pill for oral ingestion.
[00144] Liquid preparations are normally easier to prepare than gels, other viscous compositions, and solid compositions. Additionally, liquid compositions are somewhat more convenient to administer, especially by injection or orally. Viscous compositions, on the other hand, can be formulated within the appropriate viscosity range to provide longer contact periods with mucosa, such as the lining of the stomach or nasal mucosa.
[00145] Obviously, the choice of suitable carriers and other additives will depend on the exact route of administration and the nature of the particular dosage form, e.g., liquid dosage form (e.g., whether the composition is to be formulated into a solution, a suspension, gel or another liquid form), or solid dosage form (e.g., whether the composition is to be formulated into a pill, tablet, capsule, caplet, time release form or liquid-filled form).
[00146] Solutions, suspensions and gels, normally contain a major amount of water (preferably purified water) in addition to the active compound. Minor amounts of other ingredients such as pH adjusters (e.g., a base such as NaOH), emulsifiers or dispersing agents, buffering agents, preservatives, wetting agents, jelling agents, (e.g., methylcellulose), colors and/or flavors may also be present. The compositions can be isotonic, i.e., it can have the same osmotic pressure as blood and lacrimal fluid.
[00147] The desired isotonicity of the compositions of this invention may be accomplished using sodium chloride, or other pharmaceutically acceptable agents such as dextrose, boric acid, sodium tartrate, propylene glycol or other inorganic or organic solutes. Sodium chloride is preferred particularly for buffers containing sodium ions.
[00148] Viscosity of the compositions may be maintained at the selected level using a pharmaceutically acceptable thickening agent. Methylcellulose is preferred because it is readily and economically available and is easy to work with. Other suitable thickening agents include, for example, xanthan gum, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, carbomer, and the like. The preferred concentration of the thickener will depend upon the agent selected. The important point is to use an amount that will achieve the selected viscosity. Viscous compositions are normally prepared from solutions by the addition of such thickening agents.
[00149] A pharmaceutically acceptable preservative can be employed to increase the shelf-life of the compositions. Benzyl alcohol may be suitable, although a variety of preservatives including, for example, parabens, thimerosal, chlorobutanol, or benzalkonium chloride may also be employed. A suitable concentration of the preservative will be from 0.02% to 2% based on the total weight although there may be appreciable variation depending upon the agent selected.
[00150] Those skilled in the art will recognize that the components of the compositions should be selected to be chemically inert with respect to the active compound. This will present no problem to those skilled in chemical and pharmaceutical principles, or problems can be readily avoided by reference to standard texts or by simple experiments (not involving undue experimentation), from this disclosure and the documents cited herein.
[00151] It is generally envisaged that compounds and compositions of the invention will be administered by injection, as such compounds are to elicit anti-HIV antibodies, and the skilled artisan can, from this disclosure and the knowledge in the art, formulate compounds and compositions identified by herein methods for administration by injection and administer such compounds and compositions by injection.
[00152] The inventive compositions of this invention are prepared by mixing the ingredients following generally accepted procedures. For example the selected components may be simply mixed in a blender, or other standard device to produce a concentrated
mixture which may then be adjusted to the final concentration and viscosity by the addition of water or thickening agent and possibly a buffer to control pH or an additional solute to control tonicity. Generally the pH may be from about 3 to 7.5. Compositions can be administered in dosages and by techniques well known to those skilled in the medical arts taking into consideration such factors as the age, sex, weight, and condition of the particular patient, and the composition form used for administration (e.g., solid vs. liquid). Dosages for humans or other mammals can be determined without undue experimentation by the skilled artisan, from this disclosure, the documents cited herein, and the knowledge in the art.
[00153] Suitable regimes for initial administration and further doses or for sequential administrations also are variable, may include an initial administration followed by subsequent administrations; but nonetheless, may be ascertained by the skilled artisan, from this disclosure, the documents cited herein, and the knowledge in the art.
[00154] Accordingly, the invention comprehends; in further aspects, methods for preparing therapeutic or preventive compositions including an active agent, ingredient or compound or neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, binder as from inventive methods herein for ascertaining compounds that bind to, as well as to methods for inhibiting HIV or eliciting antibodies against HIV by administering a compound or compounds that bind to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128.
[00155] Furthermore, as discussed herein, compounds which bind to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, are useful in generating antibodies, which are themselves useful in assays as well as in therapeutics as well as diagnostics; and, the compounds which bind to PGT 127 or PGT 128 are useful for detecting anti-HIV antibodies in a sample. From documents cited herein, one can readily make and use such antibodies, and methods for producing monoclonal antibodies are well known to those of ordinary skill in the art, see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,196,265 and 6,221,645. Thus, the compounds that bind to a neutralizing antibody, such as PGT 127 or PGT 128, can be used to generate antibodies and the antibodies can be used, without undue experimentation, e.g., to detect HIV immunogens, antigens or epitopes in a sample.
[00156] Although the present invention and its advantages have been described in detail, it should be understood that various changes, substitutions and alterations can be made herein
without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention as defined in the appended claims.
[00157] The present invention will be further illustrated in the following Examples which are given for illustration purposes only and are not intended to limit the invention in any way.
Examples
Example 1: An exceptionally potent and broad neutralizing antibody recognizes and penetrates the HIV glycan shield
[00158] HIV Antibody PGT 128 achieves extraordinary potency and breadth by multivalent binding of its Fab to two glycans and the backbone of the V3 loop on gpl20.
[00159] Furthermore, Applicants' data suggest that the high neutralization potency of PGT 127 and The HIV envelope (Env) protein gpl20 is protected from antibody recognition by a dense glycan shield. However, several of the recently identified PGT broadly neutralizing antibodies appear to interact directly with the HIV glycan coat. Crystal structures of Fabs PGT 127 and 128 with Man9 at 1.65 and 1.29 A resolution, respectively, and glycan binding data delineate a specific high mannose binding site. Fab PGT 128 complexed with an engineered fully-glycosylated gpl20 outer domain at 3.25 A reveals that the antibody penetrates the glycan shield and recognizes two conserved glycans as well as a short β-strand segment of the gpl20 V3 loop, accounting for its high binding affinity and broad specificify. PGT 128 IgGs may be mediated by cross-linking Env trimers on the viral surface.
[00160] Viruses have evolved a variety of mechanisms to escape antibody recognition, many of which involve features of the viral surface proteins, such as high variability, steric occlusion, and glycan coating. For HIV, the dense shield of glycans (1, 2) that decorate the viral Env protein was once believed to be refractory to antibody recognition, shielding conserved protein epitopes of important functional significance whose greater exposure would result in increased susceptibility to antibody neutralization. However, bnMAb 2G12 and several of the recently described PGT antibodies appear to bind directly to the HIV glycan coat. Although carbohydrate-protein interactions are typically weak (3), 2G12 recognizes terminal Manal,2Man moieties on oligomannose glycans using a unique domain- exchanged antibody structure that creates a multivalent binding surface and enhances the affinity of the interaction through avidity effects (4). However, although 2G12 neutralizes
clade B isolates broadly, it is less effective against other clades, in particular clade C viruses that have a somewhat different oligomannose glycan arrangement to clade B viruses. In contrast, Applicants have recently isolated six bnMAbs (PGTs 125-128, 130-131) that bind specifically to the Man8/9 glycans on gpl20 and neutralize across clades with exceptional breadth and potency (5). PGT 128, the broadest of these antibodies, neutralizes over 70% of globally circulating viruses and is, on average, an order of magnitude more potent than the recently described PG9, PG16, VRCOl , and VRC-PG04 bnMAbs (6-8) and two orders of magnitude more potent than prototype bnMAbs described earlier (6, 9).
[00161] The neutralization potencv exhibited by the PGT class of antibodies suggests that they may provide protection at relatively low serum concentrations. Hence, the epitopes recognized by these antibodies may be good vaccine targets if appropriate immunogens can be designed.
[00162] Crystal structures of PGTs 127 and 128 bound to Man9. To gain a structural understanding of the specificity for Man8GlcNAc2 and Man GlcNAc2 glycans by PGTs 127 and 128, Applicants first determined crystal structures of the antigen-binding fragments (Fabs) of PGTs 127 and 128 with a synthetic Ma¾ glycan lacking the core N- acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc) moieties at 1.65 and 1.29A resolution, respectively (Table S I). The bound glycan is well ordered, except for the terminal mannose residue of the D2 arm (FIG. 1 , FIG. SI and FIG. S2A). The PGT 127/Man9 and PGT 128/Man9 structures show highly similar conformations for the glycan (FIG. SI), demonstrating a conserved mode of recognition by these clonally related antibodies.
[00163] Analysis of these crystal structures reveals the origin of their specificity for Man8/9 glycans. The terminal mannose residues of both the Dl and D3 arms, which are only present on Man8/9 glycans (FIG. IB and FIG. S2A), are heavily contacted, forming 1 1 of the 16 total hydrogen bonding interactions with the antibody (Table S2). This specificity for glycans is consistent with glycan array data showing binding of PGT 127/8 to Man8 and Mang, but not to monoglucosylated Ma¾ N-glycans (FIG. S3A), and with glycosidase inhibitor specificity profiling (FIG. S3B). The D3 arm of Man8/9 is bound by CDR L3 Asn94, Trp95, and Asp 95a (FIG. 1C and Table S2). Several ordered water molecules are present in the glycan-antibody interface and also bridge the mannose residues (FIG. 1C), as previously noted as key features of other antibody-carbohydrate interfaces (10). In addition, two
hydrogen bonds are observed between mannose residues that reside on different arms. The individual dihedrals of the glycan are in stable, low energy conformations (FIG. S2), consistent with a high affinity interaction.
[00164] PGTs 125-128 contain a 6-residue insertion in CDR H2 (5), which was likely introduced somatically during affinity maturation (11). This insertion mediates an outward displacement of the C" β-strand of VH (FIG. S4) and promotes contact with the Man Dl arm (FIG. 1 and Table S2). Deletion of the insert resulted in diminished gpl20 binding and neutralization potency for PGTs 127 and 128 (FIG. 3C). However, a reciprocal swap of the PGT 127 and 128 insert residues did not result in a complete interchange of their binding to gpl20 or their neutralization profiles (FIG. 3C and FIG. S5), indicating that the insert does not solely account for their differences in breadth and potency (12-13). The high affinity for Man is explained by its extensive buried surface area (394 A2 by PGT 128 and 352 A2 by PGT 127) (Table S2) in a binding mode that differs from other carbohydrate -binding antibodies or lectins and notably from 2G12, which only contacts the terminal Man l ,2Man moieties of Man , particularly at the tip of the Dl arm (4).
[00165] Crystal structure of PGT 128 bound to a glycosylated gpl20 outer domain.
To structurally define the epitope recognized by PGT 128 in the context of gpl20, Applicants co-crystallized Fab PGT 128 with a glycosylated gpl20 outer domain construct containing a truncated V3 loop (engineered outer domain mini-V3; eODmV3 (14)) (FIG. S6). PGT 128 binds to eODmV3 with an apparent affinity of 46 nM, which is ~8-fold less than its interaction with HIV-1JR-FL gpl20 core with a full-length V3 (FIG. S7). The purified complex was homogenous as assessed by SEC-MALS (FIG. S8) and the crystal structure was solved by molecular replacement and refined to an Rcryst of 0.21 and Rfree of 0.26 (Table S I).
[00166] The crystal structure unexpectedly revealed that PGT 128 in fact engages two different glycans, as well as the C-terminal end of the V3 loop, within the binding site. The primary glycan-binding site is occupied by the high-mannose glycan attached to N332 (Mang/9GlcNAc2), while a secondary glycan-binding site is occupied by N301 , which appears as Man5GlcNAc2 in the electron density maps (FIG. 2). The secondary glycan-binding site is focused on the core pentasaccharide of N301 , as only the MansGlcNAc2 portion of the glycan is visible in the density map (FIG. 2B). The two GlcNAc residues bind atop the CDR H1-H2 disulfide in a favorable hydrophobic interaction; hydrogen bonds are formed between the
backbone amide and carbonyl of Ala52c and the N-acetyl and 03 hydroxyl of the first Asn- linked GlcNAc. FR3 and CDR HI residues form the contact site for the mannose sugars (FIG. 2B and Table S4).
[00167] The CDR H3 apex contacts the V3 loop on the gpl20 outer domain. The C- terminal residues of V3, He323-Arg327, are bound in a groove between CDRs H2 and H3. LeulOO-AsplOOd in CDR H3 adopt a β-strand conformation that is primed for β-sheet type interactions with the gpl20 V3 loop (15).
[00168] To assess the importance of the individual glycan binding sites for epitope recognition, A series of antibody variants containing single amino-acid substitutions were tested in each subsite. Mutations in the primary glycan binding site (N332) compromised neutralization, gpl20 binding, and binding to Man8/p on the glycan array (FIG. 3 A and Table S3). Although numerous interactions are made with the glycan, including a total of 17 hydrogen bonds, disruption of the bidentate interaction between Man D3 and CDR L3 Asp95a resulted in a loss of gpl20 and glycan binding and neutralizing activity (FIG. 3A). Mutation of residues involved in the secondary site (N301), particularly the H1-H2 disulfide, also resulted in a loss of gpl20 binding and virus neutralization (FIG. 3B and Table S3). Nevertheless, the affinity of this secondary glycan binding site (N301) was too low to detect directly by glycan array, as evidenced by lack of glycan binding capacity by a primary glycan-binding site loss-of-function variant (VL Asp95a->Ala). Also, mutation of FR3 and CDR HI that interact with the mannose residues in the secondary binding site generally had little to no effect on neutralization by PGT 128, suggesting that the interactions with the mannose residues in the secondary site are not as crucial as the GlcNAc interactions (Table S3). Notwithstanding, the N301 glycan is required for high-affinity binding to gpl20 and neutralization. The importance of the N332 and N301 glycans in forming the PGT 128 epitope was confirmed by alanine scanning mutagenesis where substitutions at positions 332 and 301 resulted in loss of neutralizing activity against most isolates tested (Table S5). PGT 127 displayed a similar glycan reactivity profile as PGT 128 against most isolates, suggesting that the two antibodies share a similar conserved mode of epitope recognition.
[00169] Notably, the N301 and N332 glycans are 93% and 73% conserved among HIV isolates (FIG. S9), respectively, which accounts for the ability of PGT 128 to neutralize 72% of circulating viruses. Interestingly, in the context of HIV-1JR_CSF, individual alanine
mutations at positions 332 and 301 had little to no effect on neutralization by PGT 128 (5), but various combinations of double glycan substitutions completely abolished neutralizing activity (FIG. S10). These results suggest that, for JR-CSF, the epitope may be more promiscuous and accommodate antibody binding to two out of three glycans. The PGT 128 requirement for two closely spaced N-linked glycans (Table S5 and FIG. S10) likely accounts for its lack of reactivity with self-glycoproteins displaying single Mang/9GlcNAc2 (FIG. S l l) and for resistance of HIV-2 and SIV viruses to neutralization (FIG. S 12). Specific interactions with V3 were more difficult to investigate, as the V3 contacts with PGT 128 CDR H3 are primarily mediated through backbone hydrogen bonding and van der Waals interactions that are tolerant of side-chain variation, as seen for the V3 crown-specific antibody 447-52D (16). Thus, three discontinuous sites on the gpl20 outer domain (449 A2 from N332, 328 A2 from N301 , and 305 A2 from V3) combine to form 1081 A2 of buried surface area (Table S4), which is similar in overall size to other anti-HIV bnMAbs VRCOl and VRC-PG04 that bury 1229 A2 and 1080 A2 on the CD4 binding site of core gpl20, respectively (8, 17).
[00170] The PGT 128 epitope is highly accessible on the HIV trimer. To gain a structural understanding of the epitope recognized by PGT 128 in the context of the HIV trimer, A negative stain reconstruction of a soluble, partially deglycosylated 664G trimer in complex with PGT 128 Fab was generated. This engineered Env trimer incorporates stabilizing mutations that allow it to maintain integrity upon deglycosylation (18-23). Three Fabs bind to the trimer with no close contacts to neighboring gpl20 protomers, indicating that the outer domain epitope is accessible and highly exposed (FIG. 4A and FIG. S8). Fitting of the crystal structure of the PGT 128/eODmV3 complex into the reconstruction also revealed that the V3 base (FIG. 4B and FIG. S I 3D) is surface exposed, but below and adjacent to the density corresponding to the V1/V2 loops. No large-scale conformational changes in the trimer appear to take place upon Fab binding. Thus, the elements that form the PGT 128 epitope are almost directly opposite the CD4bs on gpl20 and appear to be accessible and not subject to steric occlusion in the trimer.
[00171] Studies of protein-carbohydrate interactions have established various principles of molecular recognition. For example, because glycan-protein interactions are weak due to unfavorable entropy contributions associated with glycan binding, multivalency is crucial to
enhance binding affinity. Here, Applicants provide an example of multivalency achieved through the combination of glycan and protein; the three sub-sites for N332, N301, and the C-terminal V3 stem are essentially independent, but combine to mediate high-affinity recognition of a glycan-based epitope on HIV Env. Considering the highly exposed nature of this epitope and the high conservation of its two glycan and V3 loop backbone components, coupled with recent studies demonstrating that broad and potent serum neutralizing activity is frequently mediated by antibodies that target N332A-sensitive epitopes (11, 40-43), it appears that this antigenic region may serve as a particularly attractive vaccine target if appropriate immunogens can be designed.
[00172] Table S 1. X-ray diffraction data processing and structure refinement statistics.
[00173] Table S2. Direct contacts and buried surface area between Fabs PGT 127 and PGT 128 and Man9.
was cacuate wt t e oecuar urace pac age .
[00174] Table S3. Summary of PGT 128 paratope mapping by site-directed mutagenesis. Fold change in neutralization and gpl20 binding are reported as IC50 or EC50 of antibody variant/IC50 or EC50 of WT antibody.
N301 and N332 in different HIV-1 envelopes.
[00177] Table S6. Neoglycolipid probes included in the microarrays (N-glycan-related Array Set 1) with their binding signals (fluorescence intensities) for PGTs 127 and 128, 2G12 and plant lectin ConA.
Example 2: Materials and Methods
[00178] Antibodies and antigens. The following antibodies and reagents were procured by the International AIDS Vaccine Initiative (IAVI) Neutralizing Antibody Consortium: antibody 2G12 (Polymun Scientific), antibody F425/b4E8 (provided by L. Cavacini, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center), and soluble CD4 (Progenies).
[00179] Expression and purification of PGT 127 and 128 Fabs and eODmV3.
Recombinant Fabs 127 and 128 were produced in FreeStyle™ 293F (Invitrogen) suspension cultures by transfection of plasmids containing expression constructs for light chain and heavy chain terminating at Asp11234. Fabs were purified by anti -human lambda affinity chromatography and cation exchange as previously described (44). Fab fractions were pooled and purified further by size exclusion chromatography (SEC) using Superdex 200™ (GE Healthcare) in 20 mM Tris pH 8.0, 150 mM NaCl. The Fab peak was pooled and concentrated to 56 mg/ml in SEC buffer.
[00180] A recombinant engineered outer domain containing a truncated JR-FL V3 loop, "mini-V3", termed eODmV3, was expressed in HEK 293S GnTl ' cells (45). Plasmid pHLsec containing eODmV3 was transfected using the linear 25 kDa polyethyleneimine (PEI) under serum free conditions. Following transfection, cells were allowed to secrete eODmV3 for 72 hours. Culture supernatant was concentrated to 0.5 L using a tangential flow apparatus and 10 kDa ultrafiltration membrane. Concentrated supernatant was loaded onto Galanthus nivalis lectin beads at a flow-rate of 1 ml/ml, washed with Dulbecco's phosphate buffered saline (DPBS) pH 7.2, washed again with DPBS + 0.5M NaCl, and eluted with DPBS + 1M methyl-a-D-mannopyranoside. Eluted eODmV3 was concentrated and further purified by SEC on Superdex 200 16/60 (GE Healthcare).
[00181] PGT 128 IgG antibody variants were produced in FreeStyle™ 293F (Invitrogen) suspension cultures by transfection of plasmids containing expression constructs for light chain and heavy chain and pAdVAntage™ Vector (Promega) using 293Fectin (Invitrogen). Supernatants were harvested 96 hours after transfection. Antibodies were purified using ProteinA Sepharose™ (GE Healthcare) or used without purification with concentration determined by ELISA.
[00182] KNH1144 SOSIP 664G production. 5.6 x 106 293S cells were seeded in Hyperflasks (Corning Life Sciences) and incubated for 72 hrs until confluent in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium supplemented with 10% calf serum (Invitrogen), lOOmM Sodium Pyruvate (Invitrogen), GlutaMAX supplement (Invitrogen), Penicillin/Streptomycin (Invitrogen) and lOmM non-essential amino acids solution (Invitrogen). K H1144 SOSIP 664G (Depetris et al. manuscript in preparation) protein was produced by cotransfection of the adherent 293 S cells with pPI4 K H1144 SOSIP 664G and pcDNA3.1 Furin using PEI Max (Polysciences), followed by 32 °C incubation for 48hrs. The harvested supernatant was passed through 0.22μιη filter before storing at 4 °C for subsequent purification steps.
[00183] Affinity Purification of KNH1144 SOSIP 664G. Transfection supernatants were passed (0.5-1 ml/min flow rate) through CNBr-activated Sepharose 4B (GE Healthcare) beads coupled with broadly neutralizing antibody 2G12 (Polymun Sciences). The beads were washed with 15-20 column volumes of wash buffer (500mM Nacl, lOmM Tris, pH 8.0) before eluting the envelope trimers with 3-5 column volumes of 3M MgCl2 (elution buffer).
The eluted trimers were immediately buffer exchanged into 75mM NaCl, lOmM Tris, pH 8.0 using Vivaspin ultrafilters (lOOkDa MWCO).
[00184] Preparation of 128 Fab complex with fully-glycosylated gpl20 outer domain.
The first half of the monomer eODmV3 SEC peak was pooled and a sub-stoichiometric quantity PGT 128 Fab was added, allowing PGT 128 to select the heavier MW glycoform with intact Man8/9 sugars. This complex was again passed over Superdex 200 to remove unbound, underglycosylated, eODmV3. The complex peak was concentrated to 15 mg/ml in SEC buffer.
[00185] Determination of absolute molar mass and carbohydrate composition of eODmV3 in complex with Fab 128 by SEC-UV/MALS/RI. Approximately 5 mg of PGT 128 Fab + eODmV3 complex was separated on a Superdex 200 16/60 column (GE Healthcare) using an AKTA Avant FPLC system (GE Healthcare). Size exclusion chromatography (SEC) was coupled in-line with the following calibrated detectors: a HP1 1050 Hewlett-Packard UV detector (Norwalk), a MiniDawn Treos multi-angle light scattering (MALS) detector (Wyatt Corporation), and an Optilab T-reX refractive index (RI) detector (Wyatt Corporation). These combined measurements allow for the determination of the absolute molar mass of an eluting glycoprotein, as well as the individual contribution from protein and carbohydrate components to the total molar mass, as previously described. The Astra V software (Wyatt Corporation) was used for this analysis by applying the protein conjugate template to the measured data. The extinction coefficient of the PGT 128 Fab and eODmV3 polypeptides, A0 1%280 were determined to be 2014 mL*mg-1cm-1 and 841 mL*mg cm from their primary amino acid sequence, respectively (http://web.expasy.org/protparam). To derive the molar mass, the following pre-established refractive index increment values were used:
0.185 mL/g and
0.140. Uncertainty in the reported molar masses of the glycoprotein components range between 1% to 30%, and is attributed to: 1% error in the dn/dc value of the glycoprotein will propagate as a corresponding ±1% error in the calculated molar mass (46), as much as 10%> error due instability of the system (46), and errors propagated in the calculations performed by Astra V range between 1% to 14%.
[00186] Preparation of PGT 128 Fab complex with partially deglycosylated 664G trimer. 664G trimer was combined with excess PGT 128 Fab and allowed to incubate on ice
1 hour. 1M sodium acetate was added to a final concentration of 100 mM and Endo H (Roche) was added. Deglycosylation was allowed to proceed for 3 hrs at 37°C. The partially- deglycosylated complex was then loaded separated from Endo H, free Fab, and released glycans by Superdex 200 16/60.
[00187] Crystallization of 127 and 128 Fab complexes with Man9. A synthetic glycan consisting of Man9 linked to an amino group via five methylene carbons (47), Man9 (MW 1562 Da), was dissolved in water to a concentration of 20 mM. Fabs of PGT 127 and 128 were mixed with Man9 to give a final concentration of 18.5 mg/ml Fab and 6.5 mM glycan. Crystals of 127/Man9 were grown in 14% PEG 4000, 0.1M HEPES pH 7.5, 8.5% isopropanol, and 15% glycerol. Crystals of PGT 128/Man9 were grown in 1 1% PEG 4000, 0.1M HEPES pH 7.5, and 10%> isopropanol at 4°C. 127/Man9 crystals were cryoprotected by transferring into a solution consisting of 14% PEG 4000, 0.1M HEPES pH 7.5, 10% isopropanol, 20%> glycerol, and 6.5 mM Man9. 128/Man9 crystals were cryoprotected by transferring into a solution consisting of 14% PEG 4000, 0.1M HEPES pH 7.5, 10% isopropanol, 20%> glycerol, and 6.5 mM Man9. Crystals were then looped using Hampton Research mounting loops and frozen by plunging into liquid nitrogen.
[00188] Crystallization of 128 Fab complex with glycosylated eODmV3. Co-crystals of Fab 128 with glycosylated eODmV3 were grown by mixing the concentrated complex (15 mg/ml) 1 : 1 with 24% PEG 3350 and 0.29M CaCl2. Crystals were cryoprotected by transferring to a solution of 16% PEG 3350, 0.1M Tris pH 8.0, 0.2M CaCl2, and 30% glycerol.
[00189] Structure solution and refinement. Crystals of 128/Man9 complex diffracted to 1.29 A resolution. Diffraction data were collected at SSRL 12-2 using a PILATUS detector (Detectris) and were indexed in space group C222i. The PGT 128/Man9 structure was solved by molecular replacement using the program Phaser (48) in the CCP4 suite (49). The constant chains were placed first, followed by variable light chain from PDB entry 3MUG (44) and the variable heavy domain from PDB entry 2JE6 (50). The structure was refined with phenix.refme (51), by iterative rounds of refinement using rigid body, simulated annealing torsional and cartesian dynamics, coordinate minimization, and anisotropic B- factor refinement. Manual model rebuilding and water placement between rounds of automated refinement with phenix.refme was performed with Coot (52). In the final round,
riding hydrogens were added to Fab atoms to improve geometry and minimize steric clashes. The structure of PGT 128/Man9 was refined to a resolution of 1.29 A with final crystallographic RCryst R&ee of 0.159/0.184.
[00190] Crystals of 127/Man9 complex diffracted to 1.65 A resolution. Diffraction data were collected at GM/CA-CAT using a MAR325 detector (Rayonix) and were indexed in space group C2. The PGT 127/Man9 structure was solved using the coordinates of Fab 128 but with the H2 insertion removed. The H2 insert was rebuilt with Coot, the glycan residues were modeled, and the structure was refined with phenix.refine using identical methods, although individual atomic B -factors were refined isotropically, with phenix.refine to a resolution of 1.65 A with final crystallographic RCrySt/Rfree of 0.195/0.215.
[00191] Crystals of the 128/eODmV3 complex diffract to 3.25 A resolution. Difraction data were collected at SSRL 11-1 using a MAR325 detector (Rayonix) and were indexed in space group Ϋ2\1\1\. The structure was solved by molecular replacement with Phaser, using the coordinates of Fab PGT 128. The elbow angle was varied and the best solution, which has a slightly different elbow angle than in the complex with Manci, was refined by rigid body minimization. The outer domain was placed manually by examination of the difference density, in which helix a2 and adjoining β strands were visible. The outer domain was then positioned by rigid body refinement. A 2.8 A resolution structure was available for the engineered outer domain lacking mini-V3 (Huang et al. manuscript in preparation)and used as the starting model in the complex. Glycans were built using high-resolution coordinates (N332) as a starting model or de novo (N301) using Coot. The mini-V3 was modeled in Coot. The eODmV3 structure was refined with Buster 2.10 (53) by individual, isotropic correlated B -factor adjustment, TLS, and coordinate minimization. Final crystallographic Rcryst/Rfree of 0.207/0.257 were obtained.
[00192] Although Applicants report the structure to a final resolution of 3.25 A, anisotropic ellipsoidal cutoffs (54) of 3.0 A (a), 3.3 A (b), and 3.6 (c) were performed using an in- house script and Scalepack (55) to remove the weakest, most poorly measured data (54). B-factor sharpening (56) was used to improve the maps for manual building in Coot.
[00193] Electron microscopy. Negative stained grids were prepared by applying 0.1 mg/ml of the purified d664G/PGT128 complex to a freshly glow discharged carbon coated 400 Cu mesh grid and stained with 2% uranyl formate. Grids were viewed using a FEI
Tecnai TF20 electron operating at a magnification of 100,000x and a high tension of 120kV. Images were acquired on a Gatan 4kx4k CCD camera at 0 and 45° tilt angles using a defocus range of 700 to 900 nm. The 45° tilt angle provided additional particle orientations to improve the image reconstruction. The pixel size of the CCD camera was calibrated at this magnification to be 1.09 A using a 2D catalase crystal with known cell parameters. A total of 4980 particles were used for the final image reconstruction, and a conservative resolution of 18.3A was estimated using an FSC of 0.5.
[00194] Image processing. Particles were automatically selected from micrographs using the DoG Picker software through the Appion package (57, 58). The contrast transfer function estimation for untilted micrographs were completed using ctffmd3 and applied using ACE2 (57, 59). Particles were binned by 4 (80 x 80 sized boxes) and reference free 2D class averages were produced using the Sparx package (60). An ab initio 3D image reconstruction was generated using these class averages with the EMAN2 package (61). The final 3D image reconstruction, using 3 -fold symmetry, was determined using EMAN (62).
[00195] Fitting of PGT 128/eODmV3 coordinates into trimer density. The gp l20/Fab PGT 128 complex structure was divided into two rigid bodies. One rigid body consisted of gpl20 and the variable region of Fab PGT 128 and the other rigid body consisted of the constant region of Fab PGT 128. The gpl20 and Fab PGT 128 variable region rigid body was manually fit into the negative stained image reconstruction and refined using the Fit command of UCSF Chimera. The crystal structure of the entire gpl20/Fab PGT 128 complex was then overlaid onto the fitted structure to identify the location of the constant region of Fab PGT 128. The constant region of Fab PGT 128 was then manually fit into the image reconstruction using the Fit in Map function of Chimera with the Real-time S 12 correlation / average update function enabled, as the elbow angle between the variable and constant regions can vary under different conditions even for the same Fab, as Applicants noted in the PGT 128 crystal structures. This combination allowed us to minimize the movement of the constant region with respect to the variable region, to reduce atom clashes between the two rigid bodies, while concurrently maximizing the correlation coefficient between the atomic structure and the image reconstruction. The Find Clashes/Contacts function in Chimera was used to identify the number of atomic clashes as a result of VDW overlap >= 0.4 A. There are no clashes in the fitted structures.
[00196] Antibody and envelope mutations. Mutations in the 128 heavy and light chains and the HIV envelope were made using QuikChange site-directed mutagenesis (Stratagene). Mutations were verified by DNA sequencing.
[00197] gpl20, C3, and RNAseB ELISA. Native Human C3 and goat-anti-Human-C3 were obtained from AbD serotec. RNAseB was obtained from New England Biolabs. 250ng of antigen was coated onto flat bottom microtitre plates (Costar type 3690, Corning Inc.) at 4°C overnight. All subsequent steps were performed at room temperature. The plates were washed 5 times with phosphate buffered saline containing 0.05% Tween-20 (PBS-T) then blocked with 5% non-fat milk in PBS-T (100 mL/well) for lh. The wells were emptied, and serial dilutions of antibody were added (5% non-fat milk in PBS-T) and incubated for 2 h. After washing, antibody binding was probed with either alkaline phosphatase-conjugated goat anti-human IgG Fc or peroxidase-conjugated rabbit-anti-goat H+L (Jackson, diluted to 1 : 1000 in 5% non-fat milk in PBS-T) for lh. The wells were washed and the bound secondary antibody was visualised with /?-nitrophenol phosphate substrate (Sigma) or TMB substrate (Thermo Scientific) and read at 405 nm or 450 nm, respectively.
[00198] Generation of pseudovirus. Pseudovirus was generated in HEK 293 T cells as described previously (63, 64). Briefly, 293T cells were transfected with plasmids carrying the reporter gene expressing the virus backbone PSG-3Aenv and the functional envelope clone at a ratio of 2:1 using Fugene (Roche) or PEI max (Polysciences, Inc) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Virus supernatants were harvested after 3 days. Glycosidase inhibitors were added at the time of transfection and were used at the following concentrations: 25 μΜ kifunensine and 2 mM N-butyldeoxynojirimycin (NB-DNJ) (65).
[00199] Neutralization assays. Neutralization activity of antibodies against pseudovirus in TZM-bl cells was determined as described previously (63, 64). Briefly, TZM-bl cells were seeded in a 96-well flat bottom plate and infected with pseudovirus in the presence of inhibitors (200 μΐ total volume). Viruses were preincubated with the antibody for 1 h at 37°C. Luciferase reporter gene expression was quantified 72 h after infection upon lysis and addition of Bright-Glo™ Luciferase substrate (Promega).
[00200] Cell surface binding assays. Titrating amounts of antibody were added to HIV-1 Env transfected 293T cells, incubated for 1 h at 37°C, washed with FACS buffer, and stained with a 1 :200 dilution of goat anti-human IgG F(ab')2 conjugated to phycoerythrin (Jackson).
Binding was analyzed using flow cytometry, and binding curves were generated by plotting the mean fluorescence intensity of antigen binding as a function of antibody concentration. A FACS Array plate reader (BD biosciences) was used for flow cytometric analysis and Flow Jo software was used for data interpretation.
[00201]
[00202] High-mannose array. Man9GlcNAc2-oxime, Man4-(CH2)5-NH2,
Man8GlcNAc2Gly (66, 67) and Mang-dendron (68) were printed in replicates of six onto NHS-activated glass slides at a concentration of 200 μΜ (69) using a MicroGridll contact microarray printing robot. Printing efficiency was determined by measuring ConA binding.
[00203] Binding of antibody mutants to high-mannose array. PGT antibody (30 μg/mL in 3% BSA and 0.05% Tween-20 in PBS) was pre-complexed with goat-anti-human- Fcy-R-PE (15 μg/mL, Jackson) for 10 min at room temperature. The sample was added to the glycan array and incubated at room temperature for 1 hour. The slides were washed sequentially in PBS/0.05% Tween-20, PBS and water. Arrays were scanned for R-PE fluorescence on a ProScanArray HT (PerkinElmer) confocal slide scanner at 70PMT90LP. Signal intensities were collected using Imagene (BioDiscovery) image analysis software and calculated using the mean intensity of 4 replicate spotted samples.
[00204] Neoglycolipid (NGL) microarray analyses. The microarrays (designated N- glycan-related Array Set 1) consisted of NGLs prepared by reductive amination (70) or oxime ligation (71) (Table S5). These were robotically printed onto nitrocellulose-coated glass slides as described (72), each at two levels (2 and 5 fmol/spot) in duplicate. The binding assays (70) were performed at ambient temperature. The PGTs 127 and 128 were pre- complexed with biotinylated anti-human-IgG (Vector) at a 1 :3 ratio, w/w, before applying onto the slides at a final concentration of 10 μg/ml. Biotinylated ConA (Vector) was tested at 0.5 μg/ml. Binding was detected with Alexa-Fluor 647 labelled streptavidin (Molecular Probes) at 1 μg/ml. Microarray data analysis was performed with dedicated software. Binding signals were oligosaccharide dose-related. Results at 5 fmol/spot with selected oligomannose NGLs (prepared by reductive amination) are in FIG. S3A, and the full data with the 50 NGLs are shown in Table S6. Included for comparison are the results with human 2G12 (Polymun Scientific) taken from an earlier experiment performed using a different version of microarrays (73). Antibody 2G12 was analyzed at 1 : 10000 dilution
(without pre-complexation), and the binding was detected with biotinylated anti-human-IgG followed by Alexa-Fluor 647 labelled streptavidin.
Example 3: References and Notes
[00205] 1. P. D. Kwong et al, Structure of an HIV gpl20 envelope glycoprotein in complex with the CD4 receptor and a neutralizing human antibody. Nature 393, 648-659 (1998).
[00206] 2. R. Wyatt, J. Sodroski, The HIV-1 envelope glycoproteins: fusogens, antigens, and immunogens. Science 280, 1884-1888 (1998).
[00207] 3. E. J. Toone, Structure and energetics of protein- carbohydrate complexes. Curr Opin Struct Biol 4, 719-728 (1994).
[00208] 4. D. A. Calarese et al., Antibody domain exchange is an immunological solution to carbohydrate cluster recognition. Science 300, 2065-2071 (2003).
[00209] 5. L. M. Walker et al., Broad neutralization coverage of HIV by multiple highly potent antibodies. Nature, e-pub Aug.17 (2011).
[00210] 6. L. M. Walker et al., Broad and potent neutralizing antibodies from an African donor reveal a new HIV-1 vaccine target. Science 326, 285-289 (2009).
[00211] 7. X. Wu et al, Rational design of envelope identifies broadly neutralizing human monoclonal antibodies to HIV-1. Science 329, 856-861 (2010).
[00212] 8. X. Wu et al, Focused Evolution of HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies revealed by structures and deep sequencing. Science, 333, 1593-1602 (2011).
[00213] 9. J. M. Binley et al, Comprehensive cross-clade neutralization analysis of a panel of anti-human immunodeficiency virus type 1 monoclonal antibodies. J Virol 78, 13232-13252 (2004).
[00214] 10. I. A. Wilson, R. L. Stanfield, A Trojan horse with a sweet tooth. Nat Struct Biol 2, 433-436 (1995).
[00215] 11. P. C. Wilson et al, Somatic hypermutation introduces insertions and deletions into immunoglobulin V genes. J Exp Med 187, 59-70 (1998).
[00216] 12. J. C. Krause et al, An insertion mutation that distorts antibody binding site architecture enhances function of a human antibody. MBio 2, e00345-00310 (2011).
[00217] 13. Notably, it has been shown that a three-amino-acid insertion in the heavy- chain CDR H2 of the influenza virus-specific MAb 2D1 rearranges the antibody-combining
site and enhances neutralization potency (12), demonstrating that somatically introduced amino-acid insertions may be a conserved molecular mechanism for increasing antibody potency against viral pathogens.
[00218] 14. The eODmV3 was expressed in GnTI -/-deficient HEK 293S cells to mimic the oligomannose-type glycosylation of that domain within intact gpl20.
[00219] 15. Three canonical strand-pairing H-bonds are formed as well as an H-bond between V3 Asp325 and the backbone amide of AspH100d (Fig. 2C). Ile323 also interacts with the CDR H1-H2 disulfide and with Leu11100 in CDR H3, and Arg327 is located in close proximity to AspH100d . TyrH100b makes aromatic interaction with the Gly324-Asp325 peptide bond. Also, similar to many other anti— HIV bnMAbs, the PGT 128 CDR H3 loop is relatively long (19 amino acids), although not the longest seen to date for human Abs (31- -32 residues fo the PGT 140 series (5))
[00220] 16. R. L. Stanfield, M. K. Gorny, C. Williams, S. Zolla-Pazner, I. A. Wilson, Structural rationale for the broad neutralization of HIV-1 by human monoclonal antibody 447-52D. Structure 12, 193-204 (2004).
[00221] 17. T. Zhou et al, Structural basis for broad and potent neutralization of HIV- 1 by antibody VRC01. Science 329, 811-817 (2010).
[00222] 18. S. Beddows et al, Construction and characterization of soluble, cleaved, and stabilized trimeric Env proteins based on HIV type 1 Env subtype A. AIDS Res Hum Retroviruses 22, 569-579 (2006).
[00223] 19. J. M. Binley et al., A recombinant human immunodeficiency virus type 1 envelope glycoprotein complex stabilized by an intermolecular disulfide bond between the gpl20 and gp41 subunits is an antigenic mimic of the trimeric virion-associated structure. J Virol 74, 627-643 (2000).
[00224] 20. J. M. Binley et al., Enhancing the proteolytic maturation of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 envelope glycoproteins. J Virol 76, 2606-2616 (2002).
[00225] 21. R. W. Sanders et al, Stabilization of the soluble, cleaved, trimeric form of the envelope glycoprotein complex of human immunodeficiency virus type 1. J Virol 76, 8875-8889 (2002).
[00226] 22. A. Harris et al., Trimeric HIV-1 glycoprotein gpl40 immunogens and native HIV-1 envelope glycoproteins display the same closed and open quaternary molecular architectures. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 108, 11440-11445 (2011).
[00227] 23. The HIV-1 664G trimer is based on the clade A strain K H1144 and incorporates stabilizing mutations A501C, T605C, and I559P. Applicants have previously shown that trimers incorporating these stabilizing mutations are competent to undergo CD4- induced conformational changes akin to those observed in the native trimer (22).
[00228] 24. P. W. Parren, D. R. Burton, The antiviral activity of antibodies in vitro and in vivo. Adv Immunol 77, 195-262 (2001).
[00229] 25. P. W. Parren et al., Neutralization of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 by antibody to gpl20 is determined primarily by occupancy of sites on the virion irrespective of epitope specificity. J Virol 72, 3512-3519 (1998).
[00230] 26. P. Roben et al., Recognition properties of a panel of human recombinant Fab fragments to the CD4 binding site of gpl20 that show differing abilities to neutralize human immunodeficiency virus type 1. J Virol 68, 4821-4828 (1994).
[00231] 27. Q. J. Sattentau, J. P. Moore, Human immunodeficiency virus type 1 neutralization is determined by epitope exposure on the gpl20 oligomer. J Exp Med 182, 185-196 (1995).
[00232] 28. M. Pancera, R. Wyatt, Selective recognition of oligomeric HIV-1 primary isolate envelope glycoproteins by potently neutralizing ligands requires efficient precursor cleavage. Virology 332, 145-156 (2005).
[00233] 29. HIV-1JR_FL is the only HIV isolate that has been shown to express a high proportion of fully cleaved Env trimers on the surface of transfected cells and was, therefore, selected for binding studies.
[00234] 30. J. Liu, A. Bartesaghi, M. J. Borgnia, G. Sapiro, S. Subramaniam, Molecular architecture of native HIV-1 gpl20 trimers. Nature 455, 109-113 (2008).
[00235] 31. P. J. Klasse, Modeling how many envelope glycoprotein trimers per virion participate in human immunodeficiency virus infectivity and its neutralization by antibody. Virology 369, 245-262 (2007).
[00236] 32. J. S. Klein, P. J. Bjorkman, Few and far between: how HIV may be evading antibody avidity. PLoS pathogens 6, el 000908 (2010).
[00237] 33. J. S. Klein et al, Examination of the contributions of size and avidity to the neutralization mechanisms of the anti-HIV antibodies bl2 and 4E10. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 106, 7385-7390 (2009).
[00238] 34. C. Ansarah-Sobrinho, S. Nelson, C. A. Jost, S. S. Whitehead, T. C. Pierson, Temperature-dependent production of pseudoinfectious dengue reporter virus particles by complementation. Virology 381, 67-74 (2008).
[00239] 35. S. P. Layne et al, Factors underlying spontaneous inactivation and susceptibility to neutralization of human immunodeficiency virus. Virology 189, 695-714 (1992).
[00240] 36. J. M. Le Doux, H. E. Davis, J. R. Morgan, M. L. Yarmush, Kinetics of retrovirus production and decay. Biotechnol Bioeng 63, 654-662 (1999).
[00241] 37. K. A. Dowd, C. A. Jost, A. P. Durbin, S. S. Whitehead, T. C. Pierson, A dynamic landscape for antibody binding modulates antibody-mediated neutralization of west nile virus. PLoS pathogens 7, e 1002111 (2011).
[00242] 38. C. R. Ruprecht et al., MPER-specific antibodies induce gpl20 shedding and irreversibly neutralize HIV-1. J Exp Med 208, 439-454 (2011).
[00243] 39. H. Haim et al, Soluble CD4 and CD4-mimetic compounds inhibit HIV-1 infection by induction of a short-lived activated state. PLoS pathogens 5, el000360 (2009).
[00244] 40. E. S. Gray et al, The neutralization breadth of HIV-1 develops incrementally over four years and is associated with CD4+ T cell decline and high viral load during acute infection. Journal of virology 85, 4828-4840 (2011).
[00245] 41. L. M. Walker et al, A limited number of antibody specificities mediate broad and potent serum neutralization in selected HIV-1 infected individuals. PLoS Pathog 6, (2010).
[00246] 42. H. Tang et al, Epitopes Immediately Below the Base of the V3 Loop of gpl20 as Targets for the Initial Autologous Neutralizing Antibody Response in Two HIV-1 Subtype B-Infected Individuals. J Virol 85, 9286-9299 (2011).
[00247] 43. A. Nandi et al., Epitopes for broad and potent neutralizing antibody responses during chronic infection with human immunodeficiency virus type 1. Virology 392, 339-348 (2010).
[00248] 44. R. Pejchal et al., Structure and function of broadly reactive antibody PG16 reveal an H3 subdomain that mediates potent neutralization of HIV- 1. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 107, 11483-11488 (2010).
[00249] 45. P. J. Reeves, N. Callewaert, R. Contreras, H. G. Khorana, Structure and function in rhodopsin: high-level expression of rhodopsin with restricted and homogeneous N-glycosylation by a tetracycline-inducible N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase I-negative HEK293S stable mammalian cell line. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99, 13419-13424 (2002).
[00250] 46. E. Folta-Stogniew, Oligomeric states of proteins determined by size-exclusion chromatography coupled with light scattering, absorbance, and refractive index detectors. Methods Mol. Biol. 328, 97-112 (2006).
[00251] 47. H. K. Lee et al, Reactivity-based one-pot synthesis of oligomannoses: defining antigens recognized by 2G12, a broadly neutralizing anti-HIV-1 antibody. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. Engl. 43, 1000-1003 (2004).
[00252] 48. A. J. McCoy et al, Phaser crystallo graphic software. J. Appl. Crystallogr. 40, 658-674 (2007).
[00253] 49. The CCP4 suite: programs for protein crystallography. Acta. Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 50, 760-763 (1994).
[00254] 50. S. Duquerroy et al., Crystal structure of a human autoimmune complex between IgM rheumatoid factor RF61 and IgGl Fc reveals a novel epitope and evidence for affinity maturation. J. Mol. Biol. 368, 1321-1331 (2007).
[00255] 51. P. D. Adams et al., PHENIX: building new software for automated crystallographic structure determination. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 58, 1948-1954 (2002).
[00256] 52. P. Emsley, K. Cowtan, Coot: model-building tools for molecular graphics. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 60, 2126-2132 (2004).
[00257] 53. E. Blanc et al, Refinement of severely incomplete structures with maximum likelihood in BUSTER-TNT. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 60, 2210- 2221 (2004).
[00258] 54. M. Strong et al, Toward the structural genomics of complexes: crystal structure of a PE/PPE protein complex from Mycobacterium tuberculosis. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 103, 8060-8065 (2006).
[00259] 55. Z. Otwinowski, W. Minor, Processing of x-ray diffraction data collected in oscillation mode. Methods Enzymol. 276, 307-326 (1997).
[00260] 56. B. DeLaBarre, A. T. Brunger, Considerations for the refinement of low- resolution crystal structures. Acta Crystallogr. D Biol. Crystallogr. 62, 923-932 (2006).
[00261] 57. G. C. Lander et al, Appion: an integrated, database-driven pipeline to facilitate EM image processing. J. Struct. Biol. 166, 95-102 (2009).
[00262] 58. N. R. Voss, C. K. Yoshioka, M. Radermacher, C. S. Potter, B. Carragher, DoG Picker and TiltPicker: software tools to facilitate particle selection in single particle electron microscopy. J. Struct. Biol. 166, 205-213 (2009).
[00263] 59. J. A. Mindell, N. Grigorieff, Accurate determination of local defocus and specimen tilt in electron microscopy. J. Struct. Biol. 142, 334-347 (2003).
[00264] 60. M. Hohn et al, SPARX, a new environment for Cryo-EM image processing. J. Struct. Biol. 157, 47-55 (2007).
[00265] 61. G. Tang et al, EMAN2: an extensible image processing suite for electron microscopy. J. Struct. Biol. 157, 38-46 (2007).
[00266] 62. S. J. Ludtke, P. R. Baldwin, W. Chiu, EMAN: semiautomated software for high-resolution single-particle reconstructions. J. Struct. Biol. 128, 82-97 (1999).
[00267] 63. M. Li et al, Human immunodeficiency virus type 1 env clones from acute and early subtype B infections for standardized assessments of vaccine-elicited neutralizing antibodies. J. Virol. 79, 10108-10125 (2005).
[00268] 64. D. C. Montefiori, Evaluating neutralizing antibodies against HIV, SIV, and SHIV in luciferase reporter gene assays. Curr. Protoc. Immunol. Chapter 12, Unit 12 11 (2005).
[00269] 65. K.J. Doores et al, Variable loop glycan dependency of the broad and potent HIV- 1 -neutralizing antibodies PG9 and PG 16. J. Virol. 84, 10510-10521(2010).
[00270] 66. I. Matsuo, Y. Ito, Synthesis of an octamannosyled glycan chain, the key oligosaccharide structure in ER-associated degradation. Carbohydr. Res. 338, 2163-2168 (2003).
[00271] 67. K. Totani, I. Matsuo, Y. Ihara, Y. Ito, High-mannose-type glycan modifications of dihydrofolate reductase using glycan-methotrexate conjugates. Bioorg. Med. Chem. 14, 5220-5229 (2006).
[00272] 68. S. K. Wang et al, Targeting the carbohydrates on HIV-1 : Interaction of oligomannose dendrons with human monoclonal antibody 2G12 and DC- SIGN. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 105, 3690-3695 (2008).
[00273] 69. O. Blixt et al., Printed covalent glycan array for ligand profiling of diverse glycan binding proteins. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 101, 17033-17038 (2004).
[00274] 70. W. Chai, M. S. Stall, C. Galustian, A. M. Lawson, T. Feizi, Neoglycolipid technology: deciphering information content of glycome. Methods Enzymol. 362, 160-195
(2003).
[00275] 71. Y. Liu et al, Neoglycolipid probes prepared via oxime ligation for microarray analysis of oligosaccharide-protein interactions. Chem. Biol. 14, 847-859 (2007).
[00276] 72. A. S. Palma et al, Ligands for the beta-glucan receptor, Dectin-1, assigned using "designer" microarrays of oligosaccharide probes (neoglycolipids) generated from glucan polysaccharides. J. Biol. Chem. 281, 5771-5779 (2006).
[00277] 73. D. C. Dunlop et al, Polysaccharide mimicry of the epitope of the broadly neutralizing anti-HIV antibody, 2G12, induces enhanced antibody responses to self oligomannose glycans. Glycobiology 20, 812-823 (2010).
[00278] 74. A. J. Petrescu, S. M. Petrescu, R. A. Dwek, M. R. Wormald, A statistical analysis of N- and O-glycan linkage conformations from crystallographic data. Glycobiology 9, 343-352 (1999).
[00279] 75. T. Lutteke, M. Frank, C. W. von der Lieth, Carbohydrate Structure Suite (CSS): analysis of carbohydrate 3D structures derived from the PDB. Nucleic Acids Res. 33, D242-246 (2005).
[00280] 76. T. Zhou et al, Structural definition of a conserved neutralization epitope on HIV-1 gpl20. Nature 445, 732-737 (2007).
[00281] 77. S. Sheriff, W. A. Hendrickson, J. L. Smith, Structure of myohemerythrin in the azidomet state at 1.7/1.3 A resolution. J. Mol. Biol. 197, 273-296 (1987).
[00282] 78. M. L. Connolly, The molecular surface package. J. Mol. Graph. 11, 139- 141 (1993).
* * *
[00283] Having thus described in detail preferred embodiments of the present invention, it is to be understood that the invention defined by the above paragraphs is not to be limited to
particular details set forth in the above description as many apparent variations thereof are possible without departing from the spirit or scope of the present invention.
Claims
WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1 A polypeptide comprising SEQ ID NO: 1.
2. A derivative or homologue of the polypeptide of claim 1.
3. A polypeptide having at least 50 percent homology or identity with the polypeptide of claim 1.
A polypeptide having at least 60 percent homology or identity with the polypeptide of claim 1.
A polypeptide having at least 70 percent homology or identity with the polypeptide of claim 1.
A polypeptide having at least 75 percent homology or identity with the polypeptide of claim 1.
A polypeptide having at least 80 percent homology or identity with the polypeptide of claim 1.
8 A polypeptide having at least 85 percent homology or identity with the polypeptide of claim 1.
A polypeptide having at least 90 percent homology or identity with the polypeptide of claim 1.
10. A polypeptide having at least 93 percent homology or identity with the polypeptide of claim 1.
11. A polypeptide having at least 95 percent homology or identity with the polypeptide of claim 1.
12. A polypeptide having at least 97 percent homology or identity with the polypeptide of claim 1.
13. A polypeptide having at least 98 percent homology or identity with the polypeptide of claim 1.
14. A polypeptide having at least 99 percent homology or identity with the polypeptide of claim 1.
15. The polypeptide of any one of claims 1-14 further comprising one or more glycans.
16. The polypeptide of claim 15 wherein a glycan is Man8/9GlcNAc2.
17. The polypeptide of claim 16 wherein the glycan is attached to N332.
18. The polypeptide of claim 15 a glycan is Man5GlcNAc2.
19. The polypeptide of claim 18 wherein the glycan is attached to N301.
20. A compound comprising the polypeptide of any one of claims 1-19, wherein the compound elicits an anti-HIV antibody.
21. A diagnostic/pharmaceutical/immunogenic/immuno logical/vaccine composition comprising the compound of claim 20.
22. A method for making the composition of claim 21, wherein the method comprises admixing such compound with a pharmaceutically suitable or acceptable vehicle or carrier or diluent, optionally including or being an adjuvant.
23. A method for using a composition according to claim 21 wherein the compositions is administered to an animal that generates antibodies to the compound or composition, wherein the antibodies generated are anti-HIV antibodies that may be diagnostically useful or wherein administration of the composition elicits an immunogenic or immunological or vaccine response; or, wherein the compound is used detect the presence of anti-HIV antibodies in a sample.
24. A method of eliciting anti-HIV antibodies comprising administering to an animal capable of eliciting antibodies a composition of claim 21.
25. A method for detecting anti-HIV antibodies comprising contacting a sample suspected of having such antibodies with a compound of claim 20, and detecting binding.
26. The method of claim 23 wherein the animal is a human and the method is for treatment or prevention of HIV.
27. The method of claim 23 wherein the method is for generating antibodies for diagnostic purposes.
28. A diagnostic composition containing a compound of claim 21, or an antibody elicited by administration of said composition or compound.
29. . A composition for prevention or treatment of HIV comprising a compound of claim 22, or an antibody elicited by administration of said composition or compound.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP12840238.5A EP2766037A4 (en) | 2011-10-12 | 2012-10-11 | An hiv-1 gp120 mini v3 loop and uses thereof |
US14/251,070 US9999664B2 (en) | 2011-10-12 | 2014-04-11 | HIV-1 gp120 mini V3 loop and uses thereof |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201161546347P | 2011-10-12 | 2011-10-12 | |
US61/546,347 | 2011-10-12 |
Related Child Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/251,070 Continuation-In-Part US9999664B2 (en) | 2011-10-12 | 2014-04-11 | HIV-1 gp120 mini V3 loop and uses thereof |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2013055908A1 true WO2013055908A1 (en) | 2013-04-18 |
Family
ID=48082430
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2012/059734 WO2013055908A1 (en) | 2011-10-12 | 2012-10-11 | An hiv-1 gp120 mini v3 loop and uses thereof |
Country Status (3)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US9999664B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2766037A4 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2013055908A1 (en) |
Cited By (15)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2015048770A2 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2015-04-02 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Antibody therapies for human immunodeficiency virus (hiv) |
WO2015051270A1 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2015-04-09 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Stabilized human immunodeficiency virus (hiv) clade c envelope (env) trimer vaccines and methods of using same |
WO2015167766A1 (en) * | 2014-04-29 | 2015-11-05 | Seattle Children's Hospital (dba Seattle Children's Research Institute) | Ccr5 disruption of cells expressing anti-hiv chimeric antigen receptor (car) derived from broadly neutralizing antibodies |
US20160106827A1 (en) * | 2013-04-15 | 2016-04-21 | Duke University | V3 immunogens |
US9707289B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2017-07-18 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Biochemically stabilized HIV-1 ENV trimer vaccine |
US9932370B2 (en) | 2013-01-07 | 2018-04-03 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Stabilized mosaic human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1) GP140 envelope (ENV) trimers |
US10137191B2 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2018-11-27 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Methods and compositions for inducing protective immunity against human immunodeficiency virus infection |
US10273268B2 (en) | 2016-06-16 | 2019-04-30 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | HIV vaccine formulation |
US10307477B2 (en) | 2016-09-02 | 2019-06-04 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Methods for inducing an immune response against human immunodeficiency virus infection in subjects undergoing antiretroviral treatment |
US10369214B2 (en) | 2015-12-15 | 2019-08-06 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Synthetic human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) envelope antigen, vectors, and compositions thereof |
US10793607B2 (en) | 2016-09-15 | 2020-10-06 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Trimer stabilizing HIV envelope protein mutations |
US10968254B2 (en) | 2017-07-19 | 2021-04-06 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Trimer stabilizing HIV envelope protein mutations |
US11142565B2 (en) | 2015-09-24 | 2021-10-12 | Abvitro Llc | Broadly neutralizing anti-HIV-1 antibodies that bind to an N-glycan epitope on the envelope |
US11229693B2 (en) | 2017-06-15 | 2022-01-25 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Poxvirus vectors encoding HIV antigens, and methods of use thereof |
US11230572B2 (en) | 2016-10-17 | 2022-01-25 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Signature-based human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) envelope (Env) trimer vaccines and methods of using the same |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2016205704A2 (en) | 2015-06-17 | 2016-12-22 | International Aids Vaccine Initiative | Engineered outer domain (eod) of hiv gp120, mutants and use thereof |
Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4196265A (en) | 1977-06-15 | 1980-04-01 | The Wistar Institute | Method of producing antibodies |
US4816567A (en) | 1983-04-08 | 1989-03-28 | Genentech, Inc. | Recombinant immunoglobin preparations |
US5641870A (en) | 1995-04-20 | 1997-06-24 | Genentech, Inc. | Low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography for antibody purification |
US6221645B1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2001-04-24 | Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | β-secretase antibody |
US20070224211A1 (en) * | 2005-07-01 | 2007-09-27 | Lai-Xi Wang | HIV-1 glycopeptides and derivatives; preparation and applications thereof |
US20080181913A1 (en) * | 2007-01-29 | 2008-07-31 | United Therapeutics Corporation | Sugar immunogens |
US20090191235A1 (en) * | 2005-09-06 | 2009-07-30 | Peter Kwong | Conformationally stabilized hiv envelope immunogens and triggering hiv-1 envelope to reveal cryptic v3-loop epitopes |
Family Cites Families (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US6710173B1 (en) * | 1999-06-25 | 2004-03-23 | Progenics Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Stabilized viral envelope proteins and uses thereof |
-
2012
- 2012-10-11 WO PCT/US2012/059734 patent/WO2013055908A1/en active Application Filing
- 2012-10-11 EP EP12840238.5A patent/EP2766037A4/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2014
- 2014-04-11 US US14/251,070 patent/US9999664B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4196265A (en) | 1977-06-15 | 1980-04-01 | The Wistar Institute | Method of producing antibodies |
US4816567A (en) | 1983-04-08 | 1989-03-28 | Genentech, Inc. | Recombinant immunoglobin preparations |
US5641870A (en) | 1995-04-20 | 1997-06-24 | Genentech, Inc. | Low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography for antibody purification |
US6221645B1 (en) | 1995-06-07 | 2001-04-24 | Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | β-secretase antibody |
US20070224211A1 (en) * | 2005-07-01 | 2007-09-27 | Lai-Xi Wang | HIV-1 glycopeptides and derivatives; preparation and applications thereof |
US20090191235A1 (en) * | 2005-09-06 | 2009-07-30 | Peter Kwong | Conformationally stabilized hiv envelope immunogens and triggering hiv-1 envelope to reveal cryptic v3-loop epitopes |
US20080181913A1 (en) * | 2007-01-29 | 2008-07-31 | United Therapeutics Corporation | Sugar immunogens |
Non-Patent Citations (101)
Title |
---|
"The CCP4 suite: programs for protein crystallography", ACTA. CRYSTALLOGR. D BIOL. CRYSTALLOGR., vol. 50, 1994, pages 760 - 763 |
A. HARRIS ET AL.: "Trimeric HIV-1 glycoprotein gpl40 immunogens and native HIV-1 envelope glycoproteins display the same closed and open quaternary molecular architectures", PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA, vol. 108, 2011, pages 11440 - 11445, XP055006996, DOI: doi:10.1073/pnas.1101414108 |
A. J. MCCOY ET AL.: "Phaser crystallographic software", J. APPL. CRYSTALLOGR., vol. 40, 2007, pages 658 - 674 |
A. J. PETRESCU; S. M. PETRESCU; R. A. DWEK; M. R. WORMALD: "A statistical analysis of N- and O-glycan linkage conformations from crystallographic data", GLYCOBIOLOGY, vol. 9, 1999, pages 343 - 352, XP008131150, DOI: doi:10.1093/glycob/9.4.343 |
A. NANDI ET AL.: "Epitopes for broad and potent neutralizing antibody responses during chronic infection with human immunodeficiency virus type 1", VIROLOGY, vol. 392, 2010, pages 339 - 348 |
A. S. PALMA ET AL.: "Ligands for the beta-glucan receptor, Dectin-1, assigned using ''designer'' microarrays of oligosaccharide probes (neoglycolipids) generated from glucan polysaccharides", J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 281, 2006, pages 5771 - 5779, XP055120699, DOI: doi:10.1074/jbc.M511461200 |
ALTSCHUL ET AL., JOURNAL OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, vol. 215, 1990, pages 403 - 410 |
ALTSCHUL; GISH: "Local alignment statistics", METHODS IN ENZYMOLOGY, vol. 266, 1996, pages 460 - 480, XP000857701, DOI: doi:10.1016/S0076-6879(96)66029-7 |
ANDRE ET AL., J. VIROL., vol. 72, 1998, pages 1497 - 1503 |
B. DELABARRE; A. T. BRUNGER: "Considerations for the refinement of low-resolution crystal structures. Acta Crystallogr", D BIOL. CRYSTALLOGR., vol. 62, 2006, pages 923 - 932 |
BLIXT, O. ET AL., PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA, vol. 101, 2004, pages 17033 - 17038 |
C. ANSARAH-SOBRINHO; S. NELSON; C. A. JOST; S. S. WHITEHEAD; T. C. PIERSON: "Temperature-dependent production of pseudoinfectious dengue reporter virus particles by complementation", VIROLOGY, vol. 381, 2008, pages 67 - 74, XP025571670, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.virol.2008.08.021 |
C. R. RUPRECHT ET AL.: "MPER-specific antibodies induce gp120 shedding and irreversibly neutralize HIV-1", JEXP MED, vol. 208, 2011, pages 439 - 454 |
CLACKSON ET AL., NATURE, vol. 352, 1991, pages 624 - 628 |
D. A. CALARESE ET AL.: "Antibody domain exchange is an immunological solution to carbohydrate cluster recognition", SCIENCE, vol. 300, 2003, pages 2065 - 2071, XP002995532, DOI: doi:10.1126/science.1083182 |
D. C. DUNLOP ET AL.: "Polysaccharide mimicry of the epitope of the broadly neutralizing anti-HIV antibody, 2G12, induces enhanced antibody responses to self oligomannose glycans", GLYCOBIOLOGY, vol. 20, 2010, pages 812 - 823, XP009145125, DOI: doi:10.1093/glycob/cwq020 |
D. C. MONTEFIORI: "Evaluating neutralizing antibodies against HIV, SIV, and SHIV in luciferase reporter gene assays", CURR. PROTOC. IMMUNOL., 2005 |
DATABASE NCBI [online] 11 April 2007 (2007-04-11), RESIK, S. ET AL.: "HIV-1 clone 82-00 from Cuba envelope glycoprotein (env) gene, partial cds.", XP003033825, Database accession no. DQ320410 * |
DOORES ET AL., PNAS, vol. 107, no. 31, 2010, pages 13800 - 13805 |
DUNBRACK ET AL., FOLDING AND DESIGN, vol. 2, 1997, pages 27 - 42 |
E. BLANC ET AL.: "Refinement of severely incomplete structures with maximum likelihood in BUSTER-TNT", ACTA CRYSTALLOGR. D BIOL. CRYSTALLOGR., vol. 60, 2004, pages 2210 - 2221 |
E. FOLTA-STOGNIEW: "Oligomeric states of proteins determined by size-exclusion chromatography coupled with light scattering, absorbance, and refractive index detectors", METHODS MOL. BIOL., vol. 328, 2006, pages 97 - 112 |
E. J. TOONE: "Structure and energetics of protein-carbohydrate complexes", CURR OPIN STRUCT BIOL, vol. 4, 1994, pages 719 - 728, XP025675904, DOI: doi:10.1016/S0959-440X(94)90170-8 |
E. S. GRAY ET AL.: "The neutralization breadth of HIV-1 develops incrementally over four years and is associated with CD4+ T cell decline and high viral load during acute infection", JOURNAL OF VIROLOGY, vol. 85, 2011, pages 4828 - 4840, XP055393562, DOI: doi:10.1128/JVI.00198-11 |
G. C. LANDER ET AL.: "Appion: an integrated, database-driven pipeline to facilitate EM image processing", J. STRUCT. BIOL., vol. 166, 2009, pages 95 - 102, XP026933154, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.jsb.2009.01.002 |
G. TANG ET AL.: "EMAN2: an extensible image processing suite for electron microscopy", J. STRUCT. BIOL., vol. 157, 2007, pages 38 - 46, XP005725123, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.jsb.2006.05.009 |
GENETICS, vol. 3, pages 266 - 272 |
GENG ET AL., ANGEW. CHEM., vol. 116, 2004, pages 2616 - 2619 |
GISH; STATES, NATURE, 1993 |
H. HAIM ET AL.: "Soluble CD4 and CD4-mimetic compounds inhibit HIV-1 infection by induction of a short-lived activated state", PLOS PATHOGENS, vol. 5, 2009, pages el000360 |
H. K. LEE ET AL.: "Reactivity-based one-pot synthesis of oligomannoses: defining antigens recognized by 2G12, a broadly neutralizing anti-HIV-1 antibody", ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED. ENGL., vol. 43, 2004, pages 1000 - 1003, XP008084690, DOI: doi:10.1002/anie.200353105 |
H. TANG ET AL.: "Epitopes Immediately Below the Base of the V3 Loop of gp120 as Targets for the Initial Autologous Neutralizing Antibody Response in Two HIV-1 Subtype B-Infected Individuals", J VIROL., vol. 85, 2011, pages 9286 - 9299 |
HARLOW; LANE: "Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual", 1988, COLD SPRING HARBOR LABORATORY |
I. A. WILSON; R. L. STANFIELD: "A Trojan horse with a sweet tooth", NAT STRUCT BIOL, vol. 2, 1995, pages 433 - 436 |
I. MATSUO; Y. ITO: "Synthesis of an octamannosyled glycan chain, the key oligosaccharide structure in ER-associated degradation", CARBOHYDR. RES., vol. 338, 2003, pages 2163 - 2168, XP004463040, DOI: doi:10.1016/S0008-6215(03)00357-4 |
J. A. MINDELL; N. GRIGORIEFF: "Accurate determination of local defocus and specimen tilt in electron microscopy", J. STRUCT. BIOL., vol. 142, 2003, pages 334 - 347 |
J. C. KRAUSE ET AL.: "An insertion mutation that distorts antibody binding site architecture enhances function of a human antibody", MBIO 2, 2011, pages 00345 - 00310 |
J. LIU; A. BARTESAGHI; M. J. BORGNIA; G. SAPIRO; S. SUBRAMANIAM: "Molecular architecture of native HIV-1 gp120 trimers", NATURE, vol. 455, 2008, pages 109 - 113, XP055007007, DOI: doi:10.1038/nature07159 |
J. M. BINLEY ET AL.: "A recombinant human immunodeficiency virus type 1 envelope glycoprotein complex stabilized by an intermolecular disulfide bond between the gpl20 and gp41 subunits is an antigenic mimic of the trimeric virion-associated structure", J VIROL, vol. 74, 2000, pages 627 - 643, XP002939087, DOI: doi:10.1128/JVI.74.2.627-643.2000 |
J. M. BINLEY ET AL.: "Comprehensive cross-clade neutralization analysis of a panel of anti-human immunodeficiency virus type 1 monoclonal antibodies", J VIROL, vol. 78, 2004, pages 13232 - 13252, XP002464744, DOI: doi:10.1128/JVI.78.23.13232-13252.2004 |
J. M. BINLEY ET AL.: "Enhancing the proteolytic maturation of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 envelope glycoproteins", J VIROL, vol. 76, 2002, pages 2606 - 2616, XP002464743, DOI: doi:10.1128/JVI.76.6.2606-2616.2002 |
J. M. LE DOUX; H. E. DAVIS; J. R. MORGAN; M. L. YARMUSH: "Kinetics of retrovirus production and decay", BIOTECHNOL BIOENG, vol. 63, 1999, pages 654 - 662, XP002333788, DOI: doi:10.1002/(SICI)1097-0290(19990620)63:6<654::AID-BIT3>3.0.CO;2-1 |
J. S. KLEIN ET AL.: "Examination of the contributions of size and avidity to the neutralization mechanisms of the anti-HIV antibodies b12 and 4E10", PROC NATL ACAD SCI USA, vol. 106, 2009, pages 7385 - 7390, XP002634158, DOI: doi:10.1073/pnas.0811427106 |
J. S. KLEIN; P. J. BJORKMAN: "Few and far between: how HIV may be evading antibody avidity", PLOS PATHOGENS, vol. 6, 2010, pages el000908 |
JOYCE ET AL., PNAS, vol. 105, no. 41, 2008, pages 15684 - 15689 |
K. A. DOWD; C. A. JOST; A. P. DURBIN; S. S. WHITEHEAD; T. C. PIERSON: "A dynamic landscape for antibody binding modulates antibody-mediated neutralization of west nile virus", PLOS PATHOGENS, vol. 7, 2011, pages e 1002111 |
K. TOTANI; I. MATSUO; Y. IHARA; Y. ITO: "High-mannose-type glycan modifications of dihydrofolate reductase using glycan-methotrexate conjugates", BIOORG. MED. CHEM., vol. 14, 2006, pages 5220 - 5229, XP025133418, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.bmc.2006.04.001 |
K.J. DOORES ET AL.: "Variable loop glycan dependency of the broad and potent HIV-1-neutralizing antibodies PG9 and PG16", J. VIROL., vol. 84, 2010, pages 10510 - 10521, XP055045163, DOI: doi:10.1128/JVI.00552-10 |
KARLIN; ALTSCHUL, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 87, 1990, pages 2264 - 2268 |
KARLIN; ALTSCHUL, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 90, 1993, pages 5873 - 5877 |
KOHLER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 256, 1975, pages 495 |
L. M. WALKER ET AL.: "A limited number of antibody specificities mediate broad and potent serum neutralization in selected HIV-1 infected individuals", PLOS PATHOG 6,, 2010 |
L. M. WALKER ET AL.: "Broad and potent neutralizing antibodies from an African donor reveal a new HIV-1 vaccine target", SCIENCE, vol. 326, 2009, pages 285 - 289, XP055264304, DOI: doi:10.1126/science.1178746 |
L. M. WALKER ET AL.: "Broad neutralization coverage of HIV by multiple highly potent antibodies", NATURE, 2011 |
M. HOHN ET AL.: "SPARX, a new environment for Cryo-EM image processing", J. STRUCT. BIOL., vol. 157, 2007, pages 47 - 55, XP005725124, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.jsb.2006.07.003 |
M. L. CONNOLLY: "The molecular surface package", J. MOL. GRAPH., vol. 11, 1993, pages 139 - 141 |
M. LI ET AL.: "Human immunodeficiency virus type 1 env clones from acute and early subtype B infections for standardized assessments of vaccine-elicited neutralizing antibodies", J. VIROL., vol. 79, 2005, pages 10108 - 10125 |
M. PANCERA; R. WYATT: "Selective recognition of oligomeric HIV-1 primary isolate envelope glycoproteins by potently neutralizing ligands requires efficient precursor cleavage", VIROLOGY, vol. 332, 2005, pages 145 - 156, XP004715299, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.virol.2004.10.042 |
M. STRONG ET AL.: "Toward the structural genomics of complexes: crystal structure of a PE/PPE protein complex from Mycobacterium tuberculosis", PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 103, 2006, pages 8060 - 8065 |
MANDAL ET AL., ANGEW. CHEM. INT. ED., vol. 43, 2004, pages 2557 - 2561 |
MARKS ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 222, 1991, pages 581 - 597 |
MYERS; MILLER, CABIOS, vol. 4, 1988, pages 11 - 17 |
N. R. VOSS; C. K. YOSHIOKA; M. RADERMACHER; C. S. POTTER; B. CARRAGHER: "DoG Picker and TiltPicker: software tools to facilitate particle selection in single particle electron microscopy", J. STRUCT. BIOL., vol. 166, 2009, pages 205 - 213, XP026104287, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.jsb.2009.01.004 |
O. BLIXT ET AL.: "Printed covalent glycan array for ligand profiling of diverse glycan binding proteins", PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 101, 2004, pages 17033 - 17038, XP002603327, DOI: doi:10.1073/PNAS.0407902101 |
P. C. WILSON ET AL.: "Somatic hypermutation introduces insertions and deletions into immunoglobulin V genes", J EXP MED, vol. 187, 1998, pages 59 - 70, XP002134538, DOI: doi:10.1084/jem.187.1.59 |
P. D. ADAMS ET AL.: "PHENIX: building new software for automated crystallographic structure determination", ACTA CRYSTALLOGR. D BIOL. CRYSTALLOGR., vol. 58, 2002, pages 1948 - 1954 |
P. D. KWONG ET AL.: "Structure of an HIV gp120 envelope glycoprotein in complex with the CD4 receptor and a neutralizing human antibody", NATURE, vol. 393, 1998, pages 648 - 659, XP002143170, DOI: doi:10.1038/31405 |
P. EMSLEY; K. COWTAN: "Coot: model-building tools for molecular graphics", ACTA CRYSTALLOGR. D BIOL. CRYSTALLOGR., vol. 60, 2004, pages 2126 - 2132 |
P. GOODFORD, J. MED. CHEM., vol. 28, 1985, pages 849 - 57 |
P. J. KLASSE: "Modeling how many envelope glycoprotein trimers per virion participate in human immunodeficiency virus infectivity and its neutralization by antibody", VIROLOGY, vol. 369, 2007, pages 245 - 262, XP022344131, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.virol.2007.06.044 |
P. J. REEVES; N. CALLEWAERT; R. CONTRERAS; H. G. KHORANA: "Structure and function in rhodopsin: high-level expression of rhodopsin with restricted and homogeneous N-glycosylation by a tetracycline-inducible N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase I-negative HEK293S stable mammalian cell line", PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 99, 2002, pages 13419 - 13424 |
P. ROBEN ET AL.: "Recognition properties of a panel of human recombinant Fab fragments to the CD4 binding site of gpl20 that show differing abilities to neutralize human immunodeficiency virus type 1", J VIROL, vol. 68, 1994, pages 4821 - 4828, XP002446178 |
P. W. PARREN ET AL.: "Neutralization of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 by antibody to gpl20 is determined primarily by occupancy of sites on the virion irrespective of epitope specificity", J VIROL, vol. 72, 1998, pages 3512 - 3519, XP000942330 |
P. W. PARREN; D. R. BURTON: "The antiviral activity of antibodies in vitro and in vivo", ADV IMMUNOL, vol. 77, 2001, pages 195 - 262 |
PEARSON; LIPMAN, PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 85, 1988, pages 2444 - 2448 |
PEJCHAL, R. ET AL.: "A Potent and Broad Neutralizing Antibody Recognizes and Penetrates the HIV Glycan Shield.", SCIENCE., vol. 334, 13 October 2011 (2011-10-13), pages 1097 - 1103, XP055113460 * |
Q. J. SATTENTAU; J. P. MOORE: "Human immunodeficiency virus type 1 neutralization is determined by epitope exposure on the gp120 oligomer", J EXP MED, vol. 182, 1995, pages 185 - 196, XP009000386, DOI: doi:10.1084/jem.182.1.185 |
R. L. STANFIELD; M. K. GORNY; C. WILLIAMS; S. ZOLLA-PAZNER; I. A. WILSON: "Structural rationale for the broad neutralization of HIV-1 by human monoclonal antibody 447-52D", STRUCTURE, vol. 12, 2004, pages 193 - 204, XP022553535 |
R. PEJCHAL ET AL.: "Structure and function of broadly reactive antibody PG16 reveal an H3 subdomain that mediates potent neutralization of HIV-1", PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 107, 2010, pages 11483 - 11488, XP055113318, DOI: doi:10.1073/pnas.1004600107 |
R. W. SANDERS ET AL.: "Stabilization of the soluble, cleaved, trimeric form of the envelope glycoprotein complex of human immunodeficiency virus type 1", J VIROL, vol. 76, 2002, pages 8875 - 8889, XP002600070, DOI: doi:10.1128/JVI.76.17.8875-8889.2002 |
R. WYATT; J. SODROSKI: "The HIV-1 envelope glycoproteins: fusogens, antigens, and immunogens", SCIENCE, vol. 280, 1998, pages 1884 - 1888, XP002203540, DOI: doi:10.1126/science.280.5371.1884 |
RESIK ET AL., AIDS RES. HUM. RETROVIRUSES, vol. 23, no. 3, 2007, pages 347 - 356 |
S. BEDDOWS ET AL.: "Construction and characterization of soluble, cleaved, and stabilized trimeric Env proteins based on HIV type 1 Env subtype A", AIDS RES HUM RETROVIRUSES, vol. 22, 2006, pages 569 - 579, XP002600073, DOI: doi:10.1089/aid.2006.22.569 |
S. DUQUERROY ET AL.: "Crystal structure of a human autoimmune complex between IgM rheumatoid factor RF61 and IgGl Fc reveals a novel epitope and evidence for affinity maturation", J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 368, 2007, pages 1321 - 1331, XP022046677, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.jmb.2007.02.085 |
S. J. LUDTKE; P. R. BALDWIN; W. CHIU: "EMAN: semiautomated software for high-resolution single-particle reconstructions", J. STRUCT. BIOL., vol. 128, 1999, pages 82 - 97 |
S. K. WANG ET AL.: "Targeting the carbohydrates on HIV-1: Interaction of oligomannose dendrons with human monoclonal antibody 2G12 and DC- SIGN", PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 105, 2008, pages 3690 - 3695, XP002628196, DOI: doi:10.1073/pnas.0712326105 |
S. P. LAYNE ET AL.: "Factors underlying spontaneous inactivation and susceptibility to neutralization of human immunodeficiency virus", VIROLOGY, vol. 189, 1992, pages 695 - 714, XP023053544, DOI: doi:10.1016/0042-6822(92)90593-E |
S. SHERIFF; W. A. HENDRICKSON; J. L. SMITH: "Structure of myohemerythrin in the azidomet state at 1.7/1.3 A resolution", J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 197, 1987, pages 273 - 296, XP024010170, DOI: doi:10.1016/0022-2836(87)90124-0 |
SAYLE ET AL., TIBS, vol. 20, 1995, pages 374 |
See also references of EP2766037A4 * |
T. LUTTEKE; M. FRANK; C. W. VON DER LIETH: "Carbohydrate Structure Suite (CSS): analysis of carbohydrate 3D structures derived from the PDB", NUCLEIC ACIDS RES., vol. 33, 2005, pages 242 - 246 |
T. ZHOU ET AL.: "Structural basis for broad and potent neutralization of HIV-1 by antibody VRC01", SCIENCE, vol. 329, 2010, pages 811 - 817, XP002612715, DOI: doi:10.1126/science.1192819 |
T. ZHOU ET AL.: "Structural definition of a conserved neutralization epitope on HIV-1 gpl20", NATURE, vol. 445, 2007, pages 732 - 737 |
W. CHAI; M. S. STOLL; C. GALUSTIAN; A. M. LAWSON; T. FEIZI: "Neoglycolipid technology: deciphering information content of glycome", METHODS ENZYMOL., vol. 362, 2003, pages 160 - 195 |
WALKER ET AL., NATURE, vol. 477, 2001, pages 466 - 470 |
WALTERS ET AL., DRUG DISCOVERY TODAY, vol. 3, no. 4, 1998, pages 160 - 178 |
X. WU ET AL.: "Focused Evolution of HIV-1 neutralizing antibodies revealed by structures and deep sequencing", SCIENCE, vol. 333, 2011, pages 1593 - 1602, XP055330892, DOI: doi:10.1126/science.1207532 |
X. WU ET AL.: "Rational design of envelope identifies broadly neutralizing human monoclonal antibodies to HIV-1", SCIENCE, vol. 329, 2010, pages 856 - 861, XP002669441, DOI: doi:10.1126/SCIENCE.1187659 |
Y. LIU ET AL.: "Neoglycolipid probes prepared via oxime ligation for microarray analysis of oligosaccharide-protein interactions", CHERN. BIOL., vol. 14, 2007, pages 847 - 859, XP022183378, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.chembiol.2007.06.009 |
Z. OTWINOWSKI; W. MINOR: "Processing of x-ray diffraction data collected in oscillation mode", METHODS ENZYMOL., vol. 276, 1997, pages 307 - 326 |
ZAPATA ET AL., PROTEIN ENG., vol. 8, no. 10, 1995, pages 1057 - 1062 |
Cited By (40)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9707289B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2017-07-18 | Children's Medical Center Corporation | Biochemically stabilized HIV-1 ENV trimer vaccine |
US11229696B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2022-01-25 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Biochemically stabilized HIV-1 Env trimer vaccine |
US10653770B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2020-05-19 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Biochemically stabilized HIV-1 Env trimer vaccine |
US10463729B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2019-11-05 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Biochemically stabilized HIV-1 env trimer vaccine |
US10307478B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2019-06-04 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Biochemically stabilized HIV-1 Env trimer vaccine |
US9950060B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2018-04-24 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center | Biochemically stabilized HIV-1 Env trimer vaccine |
US10160788B2 (en) | 2013-01-07 | 2018-12-25 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Stabilized human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) envelope (ENV) trimer vaccines and methods of using same |
US11059863B2 (en) | 2013-01-07 | 2021-07-13 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Stabilized human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) envelope (ENV) trimer vaccines and methods of using same |
US9932370B2 (en) | 2013-01-07 | 2018-04-03 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Stabilized mosaic human immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1) GP140 envelope (ENV) trimers |
US10286057B2 (en) | 2013-04-15 | 2019-05-14 | Duke University | Cyclic HIV-1 Env V3 glycopeptide immunogens |
EP2986644A4 (en) * | 2013-04-15 | 2016-11-23 | Univ Duke | V3 immunogens |
US20160106827A1 (en) * | 2013-04-15 | 2016-04-21 | Duke University | V3 immunogens |
WO2015048770A2 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2015-04-02 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Antibody therapies for human immunodeficiency virus (hiv) |
US10716845B2 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2020-07-21 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Stabilized human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) clade C envelope (Env) trimer vaccines and methods of using same |
EP3666790A1 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2020-06-17 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Stabilized human immunodeficiency virus (hiv) clade c envelope (env) trimer vaccines and methods of using same |
WO2015051270A1 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2015-04-09 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Stabilized human immunodeficiency virus (hiv) clade c envelope (env) trimer vaccines and methods of using same |
GB2540694A (en) * | 2014-04-29 | 2017-01-25 | Seattle Children's Hospital (Dba Seattle Children's Res Institute) | CCR5 disruption of cells expressing anti-hiv chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) derived from broadly neutralizing antibodies |
WO2015167766A1 (en) * | 2014-04-29 | 2015-11-05 | Seattle Children's Hospital (dba Seattle Children's Research Institute) | Ccr5 disruption of cells expressing anti-hiv chimeric antigen receptor (car) derived from broadly neutralizing antibodies |
US10494422B2 (en) | 2014-04-29 | 2019-12-03 | Seattle Children's Hospital | CCR5 disruption of cells expressing anti-HIV chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) derived from broadly neutralizing antibodies |
US11207400B2 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2021-12-28 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Compositions and methods for inducing protective immunity against human immunodeficiency virus infection |
US10471137B2 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2019-11-12 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Methods for inducing protective immunity against human immunodeficiency virus infection |
US10137191B2 (en) | 2014-09-26 | 2018-11-27 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Methods and compositions for inducing protective immunity against human immunodeficiency virus infection |
US11572403B2 (en) | 2015-09-24 | 2023-02-07 | Abvitro Llc | Broadly neutralizing anti-HIV-1 antibodies that bind to an N-glycan epitope on the envelope |
US11142565B2 (en) | 2015-09-24 | 2021-10-12 | Abvitro Llc | Broadly neutralizing anti-HIV-1 antibodies that bind to an N-glycan epitope on the envelope |
US10369214B2 (en) | 2015-12-15 | 2019-08-06 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Synthetic human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) envelope antigen, vectors, and compositions thereof |
US10973907B2 (en) | 2015-12-15 | 2021-04-13 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Recombinant adenoviruses encoding mosaic human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) Env, Gag, and Pol antigens |
US11896663B2 (en) | 2015-12-15 | 2024-02-13 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Immunodeficiency virus type 1 (HIV-1) mutant envelope proteins |
US10273268B2 (en) | 2016-06-16 | 2019-04-30 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | HIV vaccine formulation |
US10934328B2 (en) | 2016-06-16 | 2021-03-02 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | HIV vaccine formulation |
US11603389B2 (en) | 2016-06-16 | 2023-03-14 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | HIV vaccine formulation |
US10307477B2 (en) | 2016-09-02 | 2019-06-04 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Methods for inducing an immune response against human immunodeficiency virus infection in subjects undergoing antiretroviral treatment |
US10525123B2 (en) | 2016-09-02 | 2020-01-07 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Methods for inducing an immune response against human immunodeficiency virus infection in subjects undergoing antiretroviral treatment |
US11365222B2 (en) | 2016-09-15 | 2022-06-21 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Trimer stabilizing HIV envelope protein mutations |
US11820796B2 (en) | 2016-09-15 | 2023-11-21 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Trimer stabilizing HIV envelope protein mutations |
US10793607B2 (en) | 2016-09-15 | 2020-10-06 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Trimer stabilizing HIV envelope protein mutations |
US11230572B2 (en) | 2016-10-17 | 2022-01-25 | Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Inc. | Signature-based human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) envelope (Env) trimer vaccines and methods of using the same |
US11229693B2 (en) | 2017-06-15 | 2022-01-25 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Poxvirus vectors encoding HIV antigens, and methods of use thereof |
US11723970B2 (en) | 2017-06-15 | 2023-08-15 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B. V. | Poxvirus vectors encoding HIV antigens, and methods of use thereof |
US10968254B2 (en) | 2017-07-19 | 2021-04-06 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Trimer stabilizing HIV envelope protein mutations |
US11732010B2 (en) | 2017-07-19 | 2023-08-22 | Janssen Vaccines & Prevention B.V. | Trimer stabilizing HIV envelope protein mutations |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20140302081A1 (en) | 2014-10-09 |
EP2766037A1 (en) | 2014-08-20 |
EP2766037A4 (en) | 2015-08-05 |
US9999664B2 (en) | 2018-06-19 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9999664B2 (en) | HIV-1 gp120 mini V3 loop and uses thereof | |
McLellan et al. | Structure of HIV-1 gp120 V1/V2 domain with broadly neutralizing antibody PG9 | |
Binley et al. | Role of complex carbohydrates in human immunodeficiency virus type 1 infection and resistance to antibody neutralization | |
Stewart-Jones et al. | Trimeric HIV-1-Env structures define glycan shields from clades A, B, and G | |
Gristick et al. | Natively glycosylated HIV-1 Env structure reveals new mode for antibody recognition of the CD4-binding site | |
Lee et al. | A broadly neutralizing antibody targets the dynamic HIV envelope trimer apex via a long, rigidified, and anionic β-hairpin structure | |
Julien et al. | Broadly neutralizing antibody PGT121 allosterically modulates CD4 binding via recognition of the HIV-1 gp120 V3 base and multiple surrounding glycans | |
EP2765138B1 (en) | HIV-1 envelope glycoprotein | |
Ringe et al. | Reducing V3 antigenicity and immunogenicity on soluble, native-like HIV-1 Env SOSIP trimers | |
Kong et al. | Crystal structure of a fully glycosylated HIV‐1 gp120 core reveals a stabilizing role for the glycan at Asn262 | |
Changela et al. | Crystal structure of human antibody 2909 reveals conserved features of quaternary structure-specific antibodies that potently neutralize HIV-1 | |
EP2788026A2 (en) | V1v2 immunogens | |
Pan et al. | Rabbit anti-HIV-1 monoclonal antibodies raised by immunization can mimic the antigen-binding modes of antibodies derived from HIV-1-infected humans | |
WO2013039792A1 (en) | Immunogens based on an hiv-1 gp120 v1v2 epitope | |
US20230016284A1 (en) | Immunogenic trimers | |
US11814413B2 (en) | Compositions comprising modified HIV envelopes | |
WO2017151801A1 (en) | Compositions comprising hiv envelopes to induce ch235 lineage antibodies | |
Schorcht et al. | Neutralizing antibody responses induced by HIV-1 envelope glycoprotein SOSIP trimers derived from elite neutralizers | |
Gorman et al. | Cryo-EM structures of prefusion SIV envelope trimer | |
Hu et al. | Structure of simian immunodeficiency virus envelope spikes bound with CD4 and monoclonal antibody 36D5 | |
WO2017044850A1 (en) | Synthesizing vaccines, immunogens, and antibodies | |
Zhao et al. | Molecular insights into antibody-mediated protection against the prototypic simian immunodeficiency virus | |
US20050208587A1 (en) | Peptides that bind to broadly neutralizing anti-HIV antibody-structure of 4E10 Fab fragment complex. uses thereof, compositions therefrom | |
US20110124842A1 (en) | Peptide that binds to a broadly neutralizing anti-HIV antibody-structure of 4E10 Fab fragment complex, uses thereof, compositions therefrom | |
Kumar et al. | Elicitation of potent serum neutralizing antibody responses in rabbits by immunization with an HIV-1 clade C trimeric Env derived from an Indian elite neutralizer |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 12840238 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2012840238 Country of ref document: EP |